Siemens Isi En 50295 Users Manual 01_Titel+Umschlag_IKPI_2004_eng_30mm.FH10

EN 50295 to the manual d3d1be28-b3fd-4598-bc00-3b83c2690a82

: Siemens Siemens-Isi-En-50295-Users-Manual-410336 siemens-isi-en-50295-users-manual-410336 siemens pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 152 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

AS-Interface

according to EN 50295

Siemens IK PI . 2004

6/2 Introduction

6/2 Transmission technology

6/3 Configuration example

6/4 System components

6/5 Technical specifications

6/6 A/B technique

6/8 AS-Interface Safety at work

6/8 Introduction

6/9 AS-Interface safety monitors

6/11 AS-Interface safe compact modules

6/15 AS-Interface position switches

6/18 AS-Interface cable-operated switches

6/19 AS-Interface light curtains and

light arrays for Category 4

6/24 AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

6/30 AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP

pushbuttons

6/30 Accessories

AS-Interface Master

6/31 Masters for SIMATIC S5

6/31 CP 2430

6/33 Masters for SIMATIC S7

6/33 CP 142-2

6/35 CP 243-2

6/37 CP 343-2

6/39 CP 343-2 P

ST 70 1)Masters for SIMATIC C7

Sec. 8 2)AS-Interface network transitions

DP/AS Interface Link 20E

DP/AS Interface Link 65

AS-Interface Slaves

6/41 I/O modules for operation in the field

6/41 Introduction

6/43 Digital I/O modules IP67 – K60

6/51 Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K – K60R

6/56 Digital I/O modules IP67 – K45

6/64 Digital I/O modules IP67 –

application modules

6/71 Analog I/O modules IP67 – K60

6/74 Pneumatic I/O modules

6/75 I/O modules for operation

in IP20 control cabinet

6/75 Introduction

6/77 SlimLine

6/88 F90 module

6/93 Flat module

6/94 Special integrated solutions

6/94 AS-Interface Communication modules

AS-Interface Slaves (continued)

6/98 Modules with special functions

6/98 Counter modules

6/100 Earth fault detection modules

6/103 Overvoltage protection module

6/105 AS-Interface motor starters and

IP65/67 load feeders

6/105 AS-Interface compact starters IP65

(400 V AC)

6/113 AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC)

6/116 ECOFAST motor and soft starter

6/117 AS-Interface motor starters and

IP20 load feeders

6/117 Load feeder modules IP20

LV 10 3)AS-Interface Direct/Reverse Starter

6/121 SIRIUS soft starters

LV 10 3)Communications capable contactors

55 to 250 kW

LV 10 3)Double relays and transformers

6/122 SIGNUM pushbuttons and

indicator lights

6/122 AS-Interface F-Adapter for

EMERGENCY STOP command devices

6/123 AS-Interface enclosure

6/124 AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

6/133 AS-Interface LED displays

6/134 AS-Interface for LOGO!

LV 10 3)AS-Interface signal columns

6/135 AS-Interface power supply units

6/135 Introduction

6/136 Power supply units IP20

6/141 Power supply units IP65

6/143 Transmission media

6/143 AS-Interface shaped cable

6/145 System components and accessories

6/145 Repeater/Extender

6/147 Addressing units

6/149 Diagnostic units

6/151 Miscellaneous accessories

6/152 Documentation

1)see Catalog ST 70

”Products for Totally Integrated

Automation and Micro Automation“

2)see Section 8

3)see Catalog LV 10

”Controlgear for Industry“

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/2

AS-Interface

Transmission technology

Introduction

6

■

Overview

Transmission method

A significant feature of the AS-Interface technology is the use of

a common, two-wire cable for data transmission and distribution

of auxiliary power to sensors/actuators.

An AS-Interface power supply unit, which meets the require-

ments of the AS-Interface transmission technology, is used for

this system. The AS-Interface shaped cable provides mechani-

cal coding and thus prevents polarity reversal; penetration

terminals are used for simple contacting.

■

Benefits

Cabinets that were previously overflowing with complicated con-

trol line wiring and marshalling distributors can now be replaced

by AS-Interface.

The AS-Interface cable can be connected at any point, thanks to

specially developed wiring and connection using the insulation

displacement method.

This concept gives you tremendous flexibility and considerably

cuts costs.

The AS-Interface is a single master system. Communications

processors (CPs) are available for SIMATIC® systems which

control process or field communication as masters.

The system expansion now allows double the quantity of slaves

(max. 62) to be operated on AS-Interface. The analog values are

now also preprocessed in the master. For direct connection of

AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP, DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is

available. Using this DP/AS-Interface link, the AS-Interface can

be used as a subnet for PROFIBUS DP.

The AS-Interface is an open standard. Leading manufacturers

of actuators and sensors support AS-Interface worldwide.

Interested companies can obtain the electrical and mechanical

specifications from the AS-Interface Association on request.

$6,QWHUIDFH

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/3

AS-Interface

Introduction

Configuration examples

6

■

Function

Operating modes

In general, the master interfaces distinguish between the follow-

ing operating modes:

I/O data transfer

The inputs and outputs of the binary AS-Interface slaves are

read and written in this operating mode.

Analog value transmission

The AS-Interface masters according to the Complete

AS-Interface Specification V2.1 support integrated analog value

processing. This means that data exchange with analog

AS-Interface slaves (according to analog profile 7.3 or 7.4) is just

as easy as with digital slaves.

Command interface

In addition to the I/O data exchange with binary and analog AS-

Interface slaves, the AS-Interface masters offer a range of addi-

tional functions through the command interface.

This means that, from user programs, slave addresses can be

assigned, parameter values can be transferred and diagnostic

information can be read out.

■

Design

Process or field communication

AS-Interface is used wherever individual actuators and sensors

are physically distributed throughout the machine (e.g. in a bot-

tling plant or on a production line).

AS-Interface replaces complicated wiring harnesses and con-

nects binary and analog actuators and sensors, such as proxim-

ity switches, valves or indicator lights, to a controller (e.g. SI-

MATIC) or PC.

In practice this means: The installation runs without problems

because data and power are transported through a single com-

mon cable. No specialist know-how is required for installation

and startup. In addition, the simple installation and clear struc-

turing of the wiring and special cable design not only consider-

ably reduce the risk of faults but also reduce service and main-

tenance costs.

Example of a system configuration

G_IK10_XX_20027

Connection via AS-Interface cable

AS-Interface distributor

(without AS-Interface chip)

AS-Interface cable

AS-Interface

power section

Branch M12

K60

AS-Interface distributor

(without AS-Interface chip)

Repeater

LOGO!

Operator panel

K45

(with AS-Interface chip)

for connection of

standard sensors

Standard encoders

e.g. position switches

Standard sensor

e.g. inductive BERO

Compact starter IP 65

max 100 m

SONAR BERO

with int. AS-Interface

AS-Interface

power section

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/4

AS-Interface

System components

Introduction

6

■

Overview

System components

Many system components are available to implement communi-

cations. The basic components of a system installation are:

• Master interfaces for central control units such as SIMATIC S5

and SIMATIC S7, distributed I/Os ET 200® M/X,

• AS-Interface shaped cables

• Network components such as repeaters/extenders

• The power supply unit for supplying power to the slaves,

modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators

• Actuators and sensors with integrated ASIC slave

• Fail-safe modules for transmission of secure data through

AS-Interface,

• Address programming device for setting the slave address.

AS-Interface master for SIMATIC

01

Integrated interface

CP 343-2

CP 243-2

CP 142-2

CP 2430

C7-621 ASi

S5-115U to 155U

ET 200M

S7-200

ET 200X

S7-300

G_IK10_XX_20009

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

Links

CP 343-2 P

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/5

AS-Interface

Introduction

Technical specifications

6

■

Technical specifications

■

More information

Please note the operating framework conditions in each case for

the specified SIMATIC NET products (Order No. 6GK..., 6XV1...),

which you will find on the Internet page listed below.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/simatic-net/ik-info

Standard EN 50295

Topology Bus, star or tree topology

(like electrical installation)

Transmission medium Unshielded two-wire cable

(2 x 1.5 mm2) for data and

auxiliary power

Connection method Contacting of the AS-Interface

cable using the insulation

displacement method

Permissible cable length max. 100 m w/o repeater/extender

500 m range with repeater/

extender (parallel connection

of repeaters)

Cycle time max. 5 ms with full expansion,

10 ms using A/B method

Number of stations max. 31 slaves accord. to Complete

AS-Interface Spec. V2.0 ;

62 slaves accord. to Complete

AS-Interface Spec. V2.1

(A/B method),

integrated analog value

transmission

Number of binary

sensors/actuators Max. 124 I/124 O

modules according to spec. V2.0;

Max. 248 I/186 O

modules according to spec. V2.1

Access procedure Cyclical master-slave polling

method, cyclical acceptance

by host (PLC, PC)

Error correction Identification and repetition of

faulty messages

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/6

AS-Interface

A/B technique

6

■

Overview

The A/B technique concept

The AS-Interface specification 2.1 allows a doubling of network

stations from 31 to 62. The 31 addresses that can be assigned

in an AS-Interface network can be split into two mutually inde-

pendent sub-addresses, e.g. in 1A and 1B.

If this is utilized for all 31 slaves, up to 62 slaves can be con-

nected within an AS-Interface network. The so-called A/B slaves

can each have up to four inputs and three outputs.

Another new feature of the new AS-Interface specification V2.1

is integrated analog value transfer. In this case, integrated

means that no special function blocks are required in order to

access the analog values. Accessing data is therefore just as

easy in the case of analog values as it is with digital values. In-

tegrated analog value transfer can be used with analog slaves

that support Proifiles 7.3 and 7.4.

AS-Interface master

To operate A/B slaves in an AS-Interface network, master mod-

ules working according to the specification 2.1 must also be

used. The A/B technique is supported by the SIMATIC S7

masters and the DP/AS-Interface links from Siemens. To masters

that do not support specification 2.1, only standard and A slaves

can be connected.

The sub-address of A/B slaves is set to “A” by default.

Masters and slaves that are already working to the new specifi-

cation are identified accordingly in the catalog.

Addressing A/B slaves

A/B slaves can be addressed like standard slaves via all com-

mercial AS-Interface addressing units conforming to specifica-

tion 2.1. AS-Interface addressing units that do not conform to the

new specification 2.1 can readdress A/B slaves only as A slaves.

As far as addressing is concerned, an analog slave is like a stan-

dard slave. Up to 31 analog slaves can therefore be operated in

one AS-Interface segment.

Communication cycle

Standard slaves are polled in every cycle (max. cycle time:

5ms).

If only an A or B slave is installed at an address, this slave is also

polled in every cycle (max. cycle time: 5 ms).

If an A/B slave pair is installed at an address, slave A is polled in

one cycle, slave B in the next (max. cycle time: 10 ms).

If only standard and/or A slaves are installed in a network, the

cycle time is the same as for standard masters (max. cycle time:

5 ms).

■

Benefits

• Lower costs for masters and power supply units

• Enhanced decentralization in installations with numerous,

widely distributed signals

• Existing AS-Interface systems can be expanded further

G_IK10_XX_20020

Previously 31 nodes Slave 1

with A/B slaves max. 62 nodes:

Mixed operation also permissible:

Slave 31

Slave 1A Slave 31B

Slave 1 Slave 31

Slave 1B Slave 31A

Slave 2A Slave 2B

Slave type Number of slaves Number of inputs Number of outputs

AS-Interface standard Standard slave Up to 31 31 x 4 = 124 31 x 4 = 124

AS-Interface version 2.1 A/B slave Up to 62 62 x 4 = 248 62 x 3 = 186

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/7

AS-Interface

A/B technique

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Start of delivery: approx. end of 2003.

Design Order No.

Master according to Specification 2.1

CP 243-2

Master for SIMATIC S7-200

6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0

CP 343-2

Master for SIMATIC S7-300

6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0

CP 343-2 P

master for SIMATIC S7-300

configuration with STEP 7

6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

Gateway for transition from AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP

6GK1 415-2AA01

A/B slaves

3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3

K45 compact module

• 4 inputs

- M12 connection

3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3

- M8 screw-type connection

3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3

- M8 snap-on connection

3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3

•2 x 2 inputs

3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3

• 3 outputs

3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3

• 2 outputs / 2 inputs 1)

3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3

3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3

K60 compact module

• 8 inputs /2 outputs

3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3

• 8 inputs

3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3

• 4 inputs/ 3 outputs

3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3

3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2

Slimline S22.5

• 4 inputs

- Screw-type terminals 1)

3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2

- Cage Clamp terminals 1)

3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2

3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2

Slimline S45

• 4 inputs/ 3 outputs

- Screw terminals

3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2

- Cage Clamp terminals

3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/8

AS-Interface

Introduction

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Overview

Safety included

The Safety at Work concept supports the direct integration of

components with relevance for safety, such as emergency stop

switches, protective cover switches or safety light barriers, in the

AS-Interface network. These are fully compatible with the familiar

AS-Interface components (masters, slaves, power supply units,

repeaters, etc.) in accordance with EN 50295 and are operated

in conjunction with them on the yellow AS-i cable.

The signals from the safety sensors are evaluated by a safety

monitor. This not only monitors the switching signals of the safety

sensors but also continuously checks that data is being trans-

ferred correctly. The safety monitor has one or two release cir-

cuits in a two-channel configuration which can be used to bring

the machine or installation into a safe state. Sensors and moni-

tors can be connected at any point on the AS-Interface network.

It is also possible to use several monitors in the same network.

A failsafe controller or a special master is not necessary. The

master handles safety slaves in the same manner as all other

slaves and only receives the safety data for information pur-

poses. They can therefore be used to expand any existing

AS-Interface network.

Safety at Work guarantees a maximum response time of 40 ms.

This is the time between application of the signal to the input of

the safe slave and switching off the output at the safety monitor.

Tested safety

The system has been tested and approved by the German

Technical Inspectorate (TÜV). The transmission technique for

signals with relevance for safety is designed to allow applica-

tions to be implemented up to category 4 in accordance with

EN 954-1.

Software

The safety-related applications can be configured using the

configuration software and then transferred into the monitor.

Moreover, the software can also be used for online diagnostics.

■

Benefits

• A failsafe PLC or special master is not required.

• Simple system structure due to standardized AS-Interface

technique.

• Safe and non-safe data on the same bus.

• Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily.

• Safe signals can be combined in groups.

• Integration of the safety signals in the plant diagnostics con-

cept.

• Approved up to category 4 acc. to EN 954-1.

•Safety at Work is certified by the German Technical Inspec-

torate (TÜV).

■

Application

Integrated safety systems using AS-Interface can be used in ap-

plications for which EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective

door locks, Stop category 0 and 1, two-handed operation and

light arrays are currently installed.

■

Design

The safety system is constructed in the same manner as the now

familiar installation of AS-Interface.

The family of safe AS-Interface products comprises the safety

monitor that monitors the safe stations. The spectrum of safe sta-

tions comprises the safe modules and the safety-related sensors

with an integrated interface.

■

Function

Following a master call, the safe stations transmit their informa-

tion, like the standard stations, to the master. The safety monitor

monitors this transfer from the safe stations to the master and

switches

• to the EMERGENCY-STOP status (in the case of faults in safe

stations) or

• to the safe status (in the case of a wire break).

The safety monitor is configured using software. The configura-

tion comprises the input signals of the safe stations and the in-

ternal functions of the safety monitor. The safety monitor offers

OR logic, AND logic, timer functions, buffer storage, etc.

■

Integration

For integration of the safety system into AS-Interface, the exist-

ing infrastructure such as the master and the power supply unit

can continue to be used. For the safety system, the safety mon-

itor is integrated as a monitoring component and the safe station

is integrated as the interface between the safe sensors and the

system. The safe sensors can be used as before.

G_IK10_XX_20021

Standard PLC

Standard master

Standard slave

Security monitor

Secure slave

with EMERGENCY-OFF

Signal evaluation of secure slave/security monitor

Master information (through regular I/O transfer)

Power section

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/9

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface safety monitors

6

■

Overview

The safety monitor is the core component of Safety at Work. A

safe application is configured with a PC via the safety monitor.

Various different application-specific operating modes can be

used. These include the EMERGENCY-STOP function, tumbler,

two-handed operation as well as selection of Stop category

0 or 1.

In order to fully utilize the AS-Interface diagnostic capability, the

monitor can also be operated with AS-Interface addresses as an

alternative.

Two versions of the monitor are available:

• Safety monitor with one two-channel release circuit

• Safety monitor with two two-channel release circuits

■

Function

Safety monitor with enlarged functions

Logical OR operation

In this logical operation up to six elements can be OR gated.

(Until now, only two elements could be OR gated).

Logical AND operation

In addition to the standard AND gating in the main path of an

enabling circuit, an AND operation can be inserted into an OR

operation. More than two elements can be gated in this AND.

Buffer

Temporary shutdowns are stored in a buffer for the purpose of

diagnostics.

Number of devices

The number of devices that the safety monitor can process has

been increased from 32 to 48. Applications that are larger and

more complex can now be simulated in the safety monitor.

Timer functions

Timers are offered with the functions

• Delayed switching-on

• Delayed switching-off and

• Pulse.

Compatibility

Any configurations that have been previously created can be

loaded into the "new" safety monitor without changes.

■

Technical specifications

Safety monitor

3RK1 105

Rated operational current

•I

e/AC-12 up to 250 V, 2 A

•I

e/AC-15 115 V, 2A

230 V, 2A

•I

e/DC-12 up to 24 V, 3 A

•I

e/DC-13 24 V, 1 A

115 V, 0.1 A

230 V, 0.05 A

• Response time < 40 ms

• Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +60

• Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/10

AS-Interface

AS-Interface safety monitors

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

Safety monitor with one release circuit

Safety monitor with two release circuits

Design

Order No.

Safety monitor

Safety monitor

• One enabling circuit

3RK1 105-1AE04-0CA0

• Two enabling circuits

3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0

Safety monitor with extended functionality

• One enabling circuit

3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0

• Two enabling circuits

3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0

Configuration software

3RK1 802-2FB06-0GA0

Cable set

3RK1 901-5AA00

L/+

L

K1

K2 Start 1

1.13 1.23 1.Y1

AS-i+AS-i- 1.Y2

AS-i

1

2

3

L+ M 1.32

1.14 1.24 PE

K1 K2

L+

M/N

M

K1

K2

M

L+

1.Y1

g_nsa0_xx_00356

L/+

L

Start 2

Start 1

K1

K2

K3

K4

1.13 1.23 1.Y1

AS-i+ AS-i- 1.Y2

AS-i

1

2

3

K1

K2

L+ M 1.32 2.32

1.14 1.24 PE 2.14 2.24

K1 K2 K3 K4

L+

M/N

M

L/+

1.Y1

M

K3

K4

L/+

M2.Y1

g_nsa_xx_00357

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/11

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface safe compact modules

6

■

Overview

The compact module product family will be supplemented with

safe modules:

• The K45F safe compact module is equipped with two "safe" in-

puts. For operation up to category 2 acc. to EN 954-1, each in-

put can be separately assigned. If category 4 is required, a

two-channel input is available on the module.

• The K60F safe compact module has, in addition to the two safe

inputs, also two standard outputs.

■

Technical specifications

K45F safe compact module K60F safe compact module K60F safe compact module

PNP transistor PNP transistor PNP transistor

Standard assignment Standard assignment Standard assignment

2 safe inputs 2 safe inputs,

2 standard outputs

2 safe inputs,

2 standard outputs with UAux

3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3

AS-Interface chip SAP 4 SAP 4 SAP 4

Operational voltage

in accordance with AS-Interface

specification in V

26.5 to 31.5 26.5 to 31.5 26.5 to 31.5

Total current input in mA 45 270 270

Input connection PNP PNP PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface -- -- --

•Sensors Mechanical switching contact Mechanical switching contact Mechanical switching contact

• Voltage range in V -- -- --

• Current carrying capacity for all

inputs (Tu40 °C) in mA -- -- --

• Switching level High in V Contact open/closed Contact open/closed Contact open/closed

• Input current Low/High in mA - / /peak 5 - / /peak 5 - / /peak 5

Pin assignment inputs Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching

contact

Pin3 and 4

Terminal/switching contact

Pin5 = Not assigned

Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching

contact

Pin3 and 4

Terminal/switching contact

Pin5 = Not assigned

Pin1 and 2 = Terminal/switching

contact

Pin3 and 4

Terminal/switching contact

Pin5 = Not assigned

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/12

AS-Interface

AS-Interface safe compact modules

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

Outputs

• Type of output -- Electronics Electronics

• Current carrying capacity

DC 12/13 in A -- 2--

• Current carrying capacity typ.

(max. 4 A per module) in A -- Max. 0.18 Max. 4

• Pin assignment outputs -- 3 = "–"

4 = Output

5 = Earth connection

3 = "–"

4 = Output

5 = Earth connection

• Short-circuit protection -- Built-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protec-

tion (free-wheeling diode) -- None Built-in

• External voltage supply

24 V DC -- -- Via black AS-Interface flat cable

• Watchdog -- Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 077

ID/ID2 code BBB

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 3 and 4 Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed)

• Socket 5 Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT1 (D0)

Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT1 (D0)

Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed)

• Socket 6 Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT2 (D1)

Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed) Pin 4 = OUT2 (D1)

Pin 2 = Not assigned (closed)

• Socket 7 and 8 Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed) Not assigned (closed)

AS-Interface certificate Yes Yes Yes

Approvals UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA

Degree of protection IP67 IP67 IP67

Earth connection -- PIN 5 of each M 12 socket is

connected to the grounding plate in

the mounting plate via a pin

(outputs only sockets 5 and 6).

PIN 5 of each M 12 socket is

connected to the grounding plate in

the mounting plate via a pin

(outputs only sockets 5 and 6).

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85 -25 to +85 -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 244

Status indication

• I/O display Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED

•UAux -- -- Green LED

• AS-Interface/diagnostics

display Green/red LED Green/red LED Green/red LED

Connection via mounting plate for K45 compact

module via mounting plate for K60 compact

module via mounting plate for K60 compact

module

Addressing Front addressing socket,

after the 15th addressing,

the module keeps the last address

Front addressing socket,

after the 15th addressing,

the module keeps the last address

Front addressing socket,

after the 15th addressing,

the module keeps the last address

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/13

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface safe compact modules

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Modules supplied without mounting plate.

■

Dimensional drawings

K60F safe module

K45F safe module

Design

Order No.

3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3

K45F safe compact module 1)

2FE

3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3

K45 mounting plate

3RK1 901-2EA00

K60F safe compact module 1)

• 2FE/2A

3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3

• 2FE/2A with UAux

3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3

K60 mounting plate

3RK1 901-0CA00

3RK1 901-1AA00

Input bridge for K45/K60F

• Black version

3RK1 901-1AA00

• Red version

3RK1 901-1AA01

3RK1 901-1KA01

AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, protected against manipulation

For spare M12 sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RK1 901-1KA01

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 6

Æ

4 , 5

3 1

2 9

5

1 5 2

6 0

S i d e v i e w w i t h

m o u n t i n g p l a t e

3 R K 1 9 0 1 - 0 C A 0 0

45

80

30

Mounting plate

3RK1901-2EA00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/14

AS-Interface

AS-Interface safe compact modules

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Schematics

Logical assignments

K45F Safe Compact Module

If only one single-channel switch will be connected to the mod-

ule, this must be connected to Channel 1. The second channel

must be bridged. This can be performed with the M12 connector

3RK1901-1AA00 on Socket 2.

Pin 3 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 1 of Socket 2 and Pin 4 of

Socket 1 is connected to Pin 2 of Socket 2. If both socket pairs

are assigned, the inputs are linked.

K60F Safe Compact Module

Pin 3 of Socket 1 is connected to Pin 1 of Socket 2 and Pin 4 of

Socket 1 is connected to Pin 2 of Socket 2. If both socket pairs

are assigned, the inputs are linked.

Socket Assignment / data sheet / function

1Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D0 and D1 = Channel 1

Pin 3 and Pin 4: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2

Pin 5 not assigned

2Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2

Pin 5 not assigned

3Unused

4Unused

²

1

2

3

4

ADDR

1

2

3

4

G_NSA0_XX_00355

Socket Assignment / data sheet / function

1Pin1 and Pin 2: affects bits D0 and D1 = Channel 1

Pin 3 and Pin 4: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2

Pin 5: unused

2Pin 1 and Pin 2: affects bits D2 and D3 = Channel 2

Pin 5: unused

3/4/7 and

8Not assigned, factory sealed

5Pin 4: Output 1

Pin 3: --

Pin 5: Ground

Pin 1 and Pin 2: unused

6Pin 4: Output 2

Pin 3: --

Pin 5: Ground

Pin 1 and Pin 2: unused

3

4

2N S A _ 0 0 3 5 8

1

3

7

5

1

4

8

6

2

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/15

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface position switches

6

■

Overview

Position switch from left to right:

Standard / Standard, with M12 connector / with tumbler

It is also possible now to directly connect SIGUARD position

switches via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented com-

munication. In this case, the safety functions no longer have to

be conventionally wired up.

Position switches convert the mechanical positions of moving

machine components into electrical signals.

■

Application

Position switch with separate actuator

The position switches with separate actuator are used in appli-

cations in which the position of doors, covers or guards has to

be monitored for safety reasons.

The position switch can only be switched using the associated

coded actuator. It is not possible to bypass it manually or using

a tool.

Position switch with tumbler

The position switches with tumblers are special safety devices

that prevent the inadvertent or intentional opening of protective

doors, guards or other covers when a dangerous state exists,

e.g. for coastdown movements of the switched-off machine.

The safety switch with tumbler has two main tasks:

• Enabling the machine when the protective device is closed

and locked

• Disabling the machine when the protective device is open

The position switch can only be switched using the associated

coded actuator. It is not possible to bypass it manually or using

a tool.

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface position switch, standard

Via AS-Interface F adaptor

With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

For use up to Category 2 acc. to EN 954-1

IP65

3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1

•Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 200-6CV00-0BA1

- Roller plunger

3SF3 200-6DV00-0BA1

- Roller lever

3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 200-6FV00-0BA1

- Swivel lever

3SF3 200-6GV00-0BA1

•Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 31 mm wide, snap action contact, one NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 200-1CV00-0BA1

- Roller plunger

3SF3 200-1DV00-0BA1

- Roller lever

3SF3 200-1EV00-0BA1

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 200-1FV00-0BA1

- Swivel lever

3SF3 200-1GV00-0BA1

Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/16

AS-Interface

AS-Interface position switches

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Design

Order No.

3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1

•Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, slow-action contact, two NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 120-6CV00-0BA1

- Roller plunger

3SF3 120-6DV00-0BA1

- Roller lever

3SF3 120-6EV00-0BA1

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 120-6FV00-0BA1

- Swivel lever

3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1

•Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 40 mm wide, snap action contact, one NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 120-1CV00-0BA1

- Roller plunger

3SF3 120-1DV00-0BA1

- Roller lever

3SF3 120-1EV00-0BA1

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 120-1FV00-0BA1

- Swivel lever

3SF3 120-1GW00-0BA1

AS-Interface position switch, standard, with M12 connector

M12 connector for connecting an additional position switch

Direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

IP65

3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2

•Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 210-0CV00-0BA2

- Roller plunger

3SF3 210-0DV00-0BA2

- Roller lever

3SF3 210-0EV00-0BA2

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 210-0FV00-0BA2

- Swivel lever

3SF3 210-0GV00-0BA2

•Molded plastic enclosure, EN 50 047, 50 mm wide, snap-action contact, 1 NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 210-1CV00-0BA2

- Roller plunger

3SF3 210-1DV00-0BA2

- Roller lever

3SF3 210-1EV00-0BA2

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 210-1FV00-0BA2

- Swivel lever

3SF3 210-1GV00-0BA2

3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2

•Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, slow-action contact, 1 NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 100-0CV00-0BA2

- Roller plunger

3SF3 100-0DV00-0BA2

- Roller lever

3SF3 100-0EV00-0BA2

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 100-0FV00-0BA2

- Swivel lever

3SF3 100-0GW00-0BA2

•Metal enclosure, EN 50 041, 56 mm wide, snap-action contact, 1 NC

- Overtravel plunger

3SF3 100-1CV00-0BA2

- Roller plunger

3SF3 100-1DV00-0BA2

- Roller lever

3SF3 100-1EV00-0BA2

- Angular roller lever

3SF3 100-1FV00-0BA2

- Swivel lever

3SF3 100-1GW00-0BA2

Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/17

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface position switches

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

1) 1) Accessories, technical data, contact travel, circuit diagrams and

dimensional drawings for the specified basic switch can be found in

the Catalog LV 10, Edition 2004, Section AS-Interface Safety Systems.

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator

With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

For use up to Category 2 acc. to EN 954-1

IP65, Slow-action contact, 2 NC

•Molded plastic enclosure, side operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047

3SF3 200-6XX03-0BA1

•Molded plastic enclosure, front operation, fixing acc. to EN 50 047

3SF3 200-6XX04-0BA1

•Molded plastic enclosure, side and front operation, 52 mm wide

- 30 N extraction force

3SF3 243-0XX00-0BA1

- 5 N extraction force

3SF3 243-0XX40-0BA1

- Automatic ejection

3SF3 243-0XX30-0BA1

•Metal enclosure, fixing acc. to EN 50 041

3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1

Actuator

• Standard, Width/length of enclosure 79 mm

3SX3 197

• With crosswise fixing, Width/length of enclosure 50 mm

3SX3 206

• Universal radius, Width/length of enclosure 80 mm

3SX3 203

3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2

AS-Interface position switch with separate actuator and M12 connector

M12 connector for connecting an additional position switch

Direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

IP65, Slow-action contact, one NC

Molded plastic enclosure

Side and front operation

52 mm wide

• 30 N extraction force

3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2

• 5 N extraction force

3SF3 257-6XX40-0BA2

• Automatic ejection

3SF3 257-6XX30-0BA2

Actuator

• Standard, Width/length of enclosure 27 mm

(rmin = 150 mm)

3SX3 218

• Universal radius, Width/length of enclosure 33 mm

(rmin = 45 mm)

3SX3 228

3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1

AS-Interface position switch, with separate actuator and tumbler

With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

For use up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

IP65, Pg 13.5, Solenoid voltage 24 V DC

Monitoring of actuator and solenoid position

•Plastic housing

- Locking force 1200 N, locked by spring force

3SF3 760-6XX00-0BA1

- Locking force 1200 N, locked by magnetic force

3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1

Actuator

•Standard,

3SX3 252

• with crosswise fixing

3SX3 253

•radius

3SX3 254

3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1

•Metal housing

- Locking force 1200 N, locked by spring force

3SF3 860-6XX00-0BA1

- Locking force 1200 N, locked by magnetic force

3SF3 850-6XX00-0BA1

- Locking force 2000 N, locked by spring force

3SF3 840-6XX00-0BA1

- Locking force 2000 N, locked by magnetic force

3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1

Actuator

• Standard, length 79 mm

3SX3 197

- for left approach direction, length 132 mm

3SX3 207

- with crosswise fixing, length 50 mm

3SX3 206

• Universal radius, length 80 mm

3SX3 203

Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/18

AS-Interface

AS-Interface cable-operated switches

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Overview

It is also possible to connect AS-Interface cable-operated

switches via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented com-

munication.

In this case, the safety functions no longer have to be conven-

tionally wired up.

■

Application

SIGUARD cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or

for EMERGENCY-STOP facilities on particulary endangered sys-

tem sections.

As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is limited by

the length of the cord, large systems can also be protected.

Specifications

Switches with latching for implementation in EMERGENCY-STOP

equipment correspond to the EN 418 standard.

■

Function

The safety contacts of the AS-Interface cable-operated switch

are positively driven.

The AS-Interface cable-operated switches are ready to operate

after pretensioning of the pull-wire or the rope.

When the rope is pretensioned, it must be released before the

cable-operated switch can be returned to the original state.

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, circuit diagrams

and dimensional drawings are given for the specified basic switch in

Catalog LV 10 Section AS-Interface Safety Systems

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface cable-operated switch

With direct connection of AS-Interface to Safety at Work

Metal housing with dust protection

Implementable up to Category 4 to EN 954-1

IP65

Latching to EN 418

Pushbutton release

2 NC contacts

• For cable lengths up to 10 m,

with adjustment window

3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1

• For cable lengths up to 25 m,

with adjustment window

3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1

• For cable lengths up to 50 m

3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1

Forced opening IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/19

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

for Category 4

6

■

Overview

The light curtains and light arrays of Category 4 acc. to EN 954-

1 offer active optical protection for persons at machines. They

can be connected to AS-Interface directly and safely as an op-

tion.

SIGUARD light curtains and light arrays are

• active opto-electronic protective devices (AOPD),

• comply with Type 4 acc. to EN 61496-1, -2,

• are EU prototype-tested,

• protect the operating personel working on or near dangerous

machines,

• operate contact-free,

• are free of wear in comparison to mechanical systems (e.g.

safety mats).

For further details, see the manual "Safety Integrated“ and the

operating instructions for the respective devices.

■

Benefits

• Double-scan function

• Cascading of host and guest devices

• Two transmission channels

■

Design

A SIGUARD Light Curtain or light array comprises a transmitter

and a receiver that must be mounted opposite each other.

Depending on the resolution and length, a specific number of

transmit and receive diodes are arranged in a vertical row.

The infra-red LEDs of the transmitter send short light pulses that

are received by the receive diodes.

SIGUARD Light Curtains:

• Resolution 14, 30 and 50 mm,

• Length 150 mm to 3 m,

• Cascading of master and slave devices to create larger height

or length of protective zone or for angular arrangement.

SIGUARD Light Arrays:

• 2-, 3- or 4-beam for access protection.

Standards

• EN 61 496-1, -2, IEC 61 496-1, -2 (requirements for non-contact

protection systems)

• EN 999 (incl. calculation of safety clearances)

• EN 954-1 (safety of machines, safety-related parts of controls).

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/20

AS-Interface

AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

for Category 4

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Technical specifications

1) From interruption of the protective zone to the cut-out command on AS-Interface

Technical specifications common to all AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

Safety classification Type 4 according to IEC 61496-1, -2 or EN 61496-1 (self-monitoring)

Height of protective zone in mm 150 to 1800 (for series with 14 and 30 mm resolution)

450 to 3000 (for series with 50 mm resolution)

750 to 3000 (for series with 90 mm resolution)

Width of protective zone,

sensing range in m 0.3 to 6 (for series with 14 mm resolution)

0.8 to 18 (for series with 30, 50 and 90 mm resolution as well as for light arrays)

0.6 to 60 (for light arrays)

Detection capability 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm or 90 mm or complete persons with 2, 3 or 4 beams

Response time of the

safety equipment in ms 1) 12 to 44, d-scan 15 to 83 (for 14 mm resolution)

12 to 25, d-scan 15 to 44 (for 30 mm resolution)

< 22, d-scan 38 (for 50 mm resolution)

< 18, d-scan 25 (for 90 mm resolution)

Response time of the

complete system Response time 3SF7842 + response time of AS-Interface safety monitor (max. 40 ms)

Degree of protection IP65

Supply current in mA Max. 130 (transmitter)

Max 140 (receiver)

Operating mode Protection mode without restart lockout

Transmitter/receiver synchronization Optical synchronization, two transmission channels can be selected

Infra-red disturbance suppression Two techniques for selection:

Standard = high suppression

d-scan = extremely high degree of suppression

Cross-section in mm 55 * 52

Length in mm 234 to 3084 (depending on height of protective zone)

Air humidity in % 15 to 95

Operating temperature in °C 0 to +55

Storage temperature in °C -25 to +70

Supply voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 (according to AS-Interface specification)

ID-code receiver B

I/O-code receiver 0 (four data bits as outputs)

Slave address receiver Active bus component, programmed by the user in the range 1 to 31

(delivery status = bus address 0), supply voltage from the AS-Interface network

Slave address transmitter Passive bus component (no bus address), supply voltage from the AS-Interface network

Cycle time in ms 5 (according to AS-Interface specification)

AS-Interface profile Safe slave

Electrical connection M 12 plug:

Pin 1 = ASI+

Pin 3 = ASI-

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/21

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

for Category 4

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 14 mm resolution

Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2

Height of light curtain in mm Function

150 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BB00

150 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BB01

225 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BC00

225 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BC01

300 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BD00

300 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BD01

450 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BE00

450 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BE01

600 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BF00

600 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BF01

750 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BG00

750 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BG01

900 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BH00

900 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BH01

1050 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BJ00

1050 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BJ01

1200 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BK00

1200 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BK01

1350 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BL00

1350 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BL01

1500 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BM00

1500 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BM01

1650 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BN00

1650 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BN01

1800 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6BP00

1800 Receiver

3SF7 842-6BP01

SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 30 mm resolution

Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2

150 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DB00

150 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DB01

225 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DC00

225 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DC01

300 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DD00

300 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DD01

450 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DE00

450 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DE01

600 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DF00

600 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DF01

750 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DG00

750 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DG01

900 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DH00

900 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DH01

1050 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DJ00

1050 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DJ01

1200 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DK00

1200 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DK01

1350 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DL00

1350 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DL01

1500 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DM00

1500 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DM01

1650 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DN00

1650 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DN01

1800 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6DP00

1800 Receiver

3SF7 842-6DP01

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/22

AS-Interface

AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

for Category 4

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Design

Order No.

SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 50 mm resolution

Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2

Height of light curtain in mm Function

450 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EE00

450 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EE01

600 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EF00

600 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EF01

750 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EG00

750 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EG01

900 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EH00

900 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EH01

1050 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EJ00

1050 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EJ01

1200 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EK00

1200 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EK01

1350 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EL00

1350 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EL01

1500 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EM00

1500 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EM01

1650 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EN00

1650 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EN01

1800 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EP00

1800 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EP01

2100 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6ER00

2100 Receiver

3SF7 842-6ER01

2400 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6ES00

2400 Receiver

3SF7 842-6ES01

2700 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6ET00

2700 Receiver

3SF7 842-6ET01

3000 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6EU00

3000 Receiver

3SF7 842-6EU01

SIGUARD Standard Light Curtain, 90 mm resolution

Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2

750 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JG00

750 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JG01

900 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JH00

900 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JH01

1050 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JJ00

1050 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JJ01

1200 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JK00

1200 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JK01

1350 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JL00

1350 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JL01

1500 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JM00

1500 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JM01

1650 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JN00

1650 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JN01

1800 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JP00

1800 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JP01

2100 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JR00

2100 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JR01

2400 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JS00

2400 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JS01

2700 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JT00

2700 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JT01

3000 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6JU00

3000 Receiver

3SF7 842-6JU01

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/23

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface light curtains and light arrays

for Category 4

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Design

Order No.

SIGUARD Light Array

Type 4 acc. to IEC 61 496-1, -2

Sensing range in m Function

18 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6SE00

18 Receiver

3SF7 842-6SE01

18 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6PG00

18 Receiver

3SF7 842-6PG01

18 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6MH00

18 Receiver

3SF7 842-6MH01

60 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6SE50

60 Receiver

3SF7 842-6SE51

60 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6PG50

60 Receiver

3SF7 842-6PG51

60 Transmitter

3SF7 842-6MH50

60 Receiver

3SF7 842-6MH51

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/24

AS-Interface

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Overview

The LS4 Laser Scanner is an optical distance sensor. The device

periodically transmits light pulses within an operating range of

190°.

If the pulses hit an obstruction or a person, the light is reflected

and then received and evaluated by the LS4 laser scanner. The

scanner calculates the precise coordinates of the obstruction

"seen" from the light propagation time.

If the obstruction or the person is located within defined ranges,

a Stop function is executed. Switch-off is then performed via the

safe interface within the system response time.

The Stop function is reset when the protective zone is free again,

depending on the operating mode, either automatically or follow-

ing acknowledgement.

Accessories

Accessories include a twistable mounting support, suitable pre-

assembled connecting cables in diverse lengths as well as

spare parts.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/25

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

6

■

Application

Horizontal danger zone protection

Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones of

machines and plants

Flexible configuration of any protection and warning zones to a

great extent

Horizontal danger zone protection with several zones

to be protected

Safe detection of persons in various danger zones by switching

over protection zones

Better availability when specifically securing only live zones

Route monitoring for driverless transport systems

Detection of persons and objects that approach the vehicle

The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than

bumpers and therefore permits higher speeds.

Collision protection for shifting units

Protection of persons who are in the path of the vehicle

Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected early; damage to

the vehicle or load is therefore prevented.

Further applications

• All types of hazardous area protection,

• Room protection and access protection,

• Projecting object monitoring (protection of machines and

persons)

• Non-safety-related measurement or recognition tasks

(e. g. distance, position or contour recognition)

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/26

AS-Interface

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Function

Function principle

Bundled light pulses are created via a laser diode with coupled

transmission optics. These are diverted by a rotating mirror in

such a way that within 40 ms a light pulse is triggered in all angle

segments (scan rate: 25 scans/s). If the light pulse hits an object

or a person, the light is reflected and acquired and evaluated by

the scanner.

Measuring pulse propagation time

The SIGUARD LS4 laser scanner operates by measuring the

pulse propagation time. When extremely short light pulses are

emitted, a time difference occurs between the transmitted and

received light pulse. The propagation time of the light pulse is a

direct measurement of the target distance.

The operating range of the scanner (190°) is subdivided into

angle segments of 0.36°.

Protection and warning field pairs

The device has 4 switchable protection and warning field pairs.

LS4Soft operating software

The SIGUARD LS4 laser scanner must be parameterised using

the associated LS4Soft software. The personal protection and

warning fields required are set in this manner. Also configuration

parameters, such as automatic/manual start, response time and

restart time can be parameterised.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/laserscanner

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/27

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

6

■

Technical specifications

LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00

Protective zone

• Sensing range in m 0 to 4

• Luminance factor in % Min. 1.8

• Object size (diameter) in mm 70 (cylindrical test object)

• Response time

- Double evaluation (2 scans)

in ms 85

- Adjustable up to 16 scans in ms 645

•Number 4 (selectable via switch inputs)

• Safety category Category 3 according to

EN 954-1, Type 3 according to

IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3

•Output Safe AS-Interface connection

•Start-up Start-up testing and start-up

disable can be set separately

•Restart 160 ms to 10 s

(adjustable or manual)

Protective zone supplement

• For deactivated dust suppression

in mm 81

• For activated dust suppression

in mm

- For protective zone size

< 3.5 mm 81

- For protective zone size

> 3.5 mm 98

• Additional for reflectors in mm

- Over 1.2 m behind the

protective zone line 0

- In the protective zone or up to

1.2 m behind the protective

zone line

110

Warning zone

• Sensing range in m 0 to 15

• Luminance factor in % Min. 20

• Object size in mm 150 150

• Response time in ms

- Double evaluation (2 scans) 85

- Adjustable up to 16 scans 645

• Number of warning zones 4 (selectable via switch inputs)

•Output Connection of AS-Interface

Contour measurement

• Sensing range in m 0 to 50

• Luminance factor in % Min. 20

•Output RS 232 serial interface

via infra-red interface

• Radial resolution in mm 5

• Lateral resolution in ° 0.36

Supply voltage

• Via AS-Interface network in V 29.5 to 31.6 (according to AS-

Interface specification)

• Via AS-Interface auxiliary voltage

in V Up to DC 30

• Via external supply in V 24 DC (+/-20 %)

•Note The power supply unit for the

external supply voltage as well as

the AS-Interface power supply

unit for supplying the AS-Inter-

face components must feature

safe mains isolation according to

IEC 60742 and must bridge tem-

porary mains failures of up to

20 ms (e.g. AS-Interface power

pack 3RX9 307-0AA00)

Overcurrent protection 1.25 A fuse, medium-slow

Supply current in mA Typ. 350

LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00

Inputs

• Restart/Reset Connection of a command device

for "with restart lockout“ operating

mode and/or device resets,

dynamically monitored,

24 V DC opto-decoupled

• Zone-pair switchover Selection of zone pairs via

4 control cables with internal

monitoring (one zone pair =

one protective zone and one

warning zone),

24 V DC opto-decoupled

• Signal definition in V

- High (logical 1) 16 to 30

- Low (logical 0) < 3

• AS-Interface address

programming Connection of a generally

available AS-Interface address

programmer

RS232 interfaces for each infrared

interface For device parameterization and

zone function

Optical system

• Angular zone in ° 190

• Angular resolution in ° 0.36

• Lateral tolerance in °

- Without mounting system (with

reference to the rear panel of the

housing)

0.18

- With mounting system (with ref-

erence to the mounting surface) 0.22

• Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan

• Laser protection class

- According to standard EN 60825-1, Class 1

(safe for eyes)

- Wave length in nm 905

- Beam divergence in mrad 2

- Time base in s 100

Degree of protection IP65

Ambient temperature in °C

•Operation 0 to +50

•Storage -20 to +60

Housing insulation class Protection class 2

Humidity Acc. to DIN 40040, Table 10,

Code Letter E (medium dry)

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 140 168 165

Control cable X3

• Length in m Max. 50 (for cable cross-section

of 0.5 mm2, shielded)

•Note Shield must be connected to PE

at the cabinet end only

Transmitter Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)

Dimension spacing in mm

• Middle of the scan plane to

bottom edge of housing 48,75

• Rear edge of housing to axis of

rotating mirror 101

Housing

•LS4 Cast aluminum, plastic

• AS-Interface rucksack Plastic, steel connection plate

Vibration stress over three axes

acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-6 10 to 150 Hz, max. 5 g

Continuous shock over three axes

acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-29 10 g, 16 ms

Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor

Rotating mirror bearings Maintenance-free ball bearings

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/28

AS-Interface

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

■

Selection and Ordering data

LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00

AS-Interface

• ID code B

• I/O code 0 (four data bits as outputs)

• Slave address Programmed by the user in the

range 1 to 31 (delivery status = 0)

• Cycle time according to

AS-Interface specification in ms 5

• Profiles Safe slave

• Electrical connection

-X1 M 12 plug, AS-Interface

-X2 M 12 plug, 24 V external

Assignment of data bits D0 ... D3 Protective zone empty:

Code sequence

Protective zone occupied: 0

Assignment of the diagnostic

parameter bits P0 = Alarm (according to LS4

programming)

P1/2 = SF coding

(see assignment of SF coding)

P3 = LS4-RESET (via PC/AS-

Interface master call)

Assignment of SF coding P2

0

0

1

1

P1

0

1

0

1

SF

1

2

3

4

LS4-4 AS-Interface laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00

Assignment PIN1 PIN2 PIN3

• X1 (M12 plug for device

connection) AS-i+ -- AS-i-

• X2 (M12 connector for external

power supply) 24 V DC

supply 24 V Out Mass

• X3 (M12 socket for protective

zone changeover) SF pair 1 SF pair 2 SF pair 3

• X4 (AS-Interface addressing

socket) AS-i+ AS-i- --

Assignment PIN 4 PIN 5

• X1 (M12 plug for device

connection) – –

• X2 (M12 connector for external

power supply) Start/

Reset PE

• X3 (M12 socket for protective

zone changeover) SF pair 4 24 V Out

• X4 (AS-Interface addressing

socket) – –

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface LS4-4 laser scanner

Including LS4soft Software

3SF7 834-6DD00

Accessories

Mounting system

3RG7 838-1AA

Adapter plate

3RG7 838-1AB

PC cable connector

Including plug, 9-pole and optical interface

3RG7 838-1DC

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/29

AS-Interface

AS-Interface Safety at work

AS-Interface laser scanner LS4

6

■

Dimensional drawings

LS4 laser scanner

Assembly system

■

Schematics

N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 3 0

149

163

168

101

165

168

4 9

1 3 , 5

6 1

L E D

( 5 x )

140

5 , 2

144

5

9 , 5

129

5 , 2

122

9 , 5

23

56,6

51,5

74,4

90

158

166

192

155,4

9°

NSC 00610

9

X 2

N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 3 1 a

X 3 X 4 X 1

O p t i c a l i n t e r f a c e

M 1 2 c o n n e c t o r , A S - I n t e r f a c e

M 1 2 c o n n e c t o r ,

o p t i o n a l a u x i l i a r y v o l t a g e

M 1 2 s o c k e t , p r o t e c t i o n f i e l d

c h a n g e - o v e r

A d d r e s s i n g s o c k e t ,

A S - I n t e r f a c e

X 1 :

X 2 :

X 3 :

X 4 :

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/30

AS-Interface

AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons

AS-Interface Safety at work

6

■

Overview

It is also possible now to connect EMERGENCY STOP devices

via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communica-

tion. This only applies to EMERGENCY STOP devices of the

SIGNUM 3SB3 command devices for front panel installation and

for installation in an enclosure.

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) See Catalog LV 10, Section Pushbuttons and Indicator Lamps

Design

Order No.

3SF5 801-3AA08

AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP housing

Two NC contacts

AS-Interface F adaptor

• Yellow cover

3SF5 801-3AA08

• Yellow cover with protective collar

3SF5 801-3AB08

3SF5 402-1AA01

AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP front plate /

AS-Interface F adaptor

For AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP

Front panel mounting

EMERGENCY STOP actuator is not included 1)

3SF5 402-1AA01

Accessories

Safety Integrated manual

•German

E20001-A110-M103

• English

E20001-A110-M103-X-7600

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/31

AS-Interface Master

Masters for SIMATIC S5

CP 2430

6

■

Overview

• Master connection for SIMATIC S5-115U to -155U

• Simple operation in the I/O address area of the

SIMATIC S5-115U, -135U, -155U

• No need for CP configuration

• Two AS-Interface masters in one module

• Control of up to 2 x 31 AS-Interface slaves according to

AS-Interface Specification V2.0

• Up to 496 binary elements can be controlled when using bi-

directional slaves

• Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped

cable

■

Benefits

• Saving on slots and costs because two AS-Interface masters

are located on one module

• Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of

a button

• Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault

through LED displays:

- status of the AS-Interface network

- connected slaves and their operational readiness

- monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level

■

Application

Master connection for:

• SIMATIC S5-115U:

CP can be inserted at CP slots in the central controller and

expansion unit

• SIMATIC S5-135/S5-155U:

For exclusive use of I/O mode can be plugged into the I/O slots

in the central controller and expansion unit; in cache mode, CP

can be inserted at CP slots in the central controller and expan-

sion unit

• Up to four CP 2430s can be used in the PLC, depending on

PLC configuration.

■

Design

• Two AS-Interface masters in one module

• Occupies a slot in SIMATIC S5

• For operation in the S5-115U an adapter casing is required.

• In I/O mode 32 byte are used in the I/O address space

• Display of the connected and activated slaves and their oper-

ational readiness

• Connection of the two AS-Interface cables through connectors

with terminal strip (solder-free connection with screw lock)

• One pushbutton per master unit for switching the operating

status and entering the existing configuration

■

Function

Each of the AS-Interface masters in the CP 2430 independently

controls its own AS-Interface segment with up to 31 AS-Interface

slaves. This allows control of a maximum of 2 x 31 AS-Interface

slaves with a total of 248 binary sensors/actuators (496 when bi-

directional slaves are used).

The front plate has separate status indicators for each master

section, and a common LED matrix display for the active slaves.

The module address, page address and mode are set through

encoding switches.

Two modes:

• Standard mode

Only the data bits of the slaves in the I/O address space of the

PLC can be accessed in this operating mode. No master calls

can be executed.

• Extended mode

Access to the master calls is provided through data handling

blocks and the page interface in accordance with the AS-Inter-

face Specification V2.0 (e.g. writing parameters).

User interface

There is a choice of three versions:

• I/O operation:

Only access to slave data in the I/O address space, no master

calls

• I/O and page mode:

Access to slave data in the I/O address space and master calls

through page access

•Page mode:

Access to slave data and master calls through page access

$6,QWHUIDFH0DVWHU

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/32

AS-Interface Master

CP 2430

Masters for SIMATIC S5

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Ordering data Order No.

Bus cycle time 5 ms with 31 slaves

AS-Interface Specification V 2.0

Interfaces

• I/O address space used i

n the PLC 32 byte in I/O operation

• AS-Interface connection 2 x 4-pin socket for connector

with terminal clamp

Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus

Current consumption

• Through backplane bus Typ. 700 mA at 5 V DC

• From the AS-Interface shaped

cable Max. 100 mA per AS-Interface

segment

Power loss 7.9 W

Perm. environmental conditions

• Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

• Relative humidity max. 95% at +25 °C

Design

• Module format Double-height Eurocard format

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 160 x 233.4 x 20.32

•Weight 400 g

• Space required 1 slot

CP 2430

communications processor

6GK1 243-0SA20

For connecting

SIMATIC S5-115U, -135U, -155U

to AS-Interface;

including connector

Manual for AS-Interface

Including:

CP 2413/CP 2430/CP2433 Manual,

Introduction and Fundamentals;

including software

(FB60 and examples)

•German

6GK1 971-2SA01-0AA0

Electronic manuals

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Communications systems,

protocols, products

on CD-ROM

German/English

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/33

AS-Interface Master

Masters for SIMATIC S7

CP 142-2

6

■

Overview

• Master connection for the distributed I/O system ET 200X at

AS-Interface through 12-pin connector

• Simple operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X

• No need to configure CP for AS-Interface

• Addressing of up to 31 AS-Interface slaves according to the

AS-Interface Specification V2.0

• Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped

cable

• Considerable increase in the number of inputs/outputs of the

ET 200X.

■

Benefits

• In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC func-

tionality in degree of protection IP65

• Can also be used in a rugged industrial environment without

additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP67

• More flexible and extended application options of the ET 200X

thanks to considerable increase in available inputs/outputs

• Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of

a button

• Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault

through LED displays:

- status of the AS-Interface network

- connected slaves and their operational readiness

- monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level

■

Application

The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed I/O sys-

tem ET 200X to AS-Interface.

This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface

slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248

binary components.

Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be operated on the ET 200X.

■

Design

• 16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs are used in the address

space of the ET 200X

• Operating statuses displayed by LEDs in the frontplate

• Display of the connected and activated slaves and their oper-

ational readiness by LEDs

• One pushbutton for switching the operating status, entering the

existing configuration and switching the display

• Connection of the AS-Interface cable to M12 connector

• Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface cable

■

Function

The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes:

• Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147

• A maximum of all 124 input and output bits of the AS-Interface

slaves can be addressed.

• Extended mode with BM 147

A function call facilitates master calls in accordance with the

AS-Interface Specification V2.0 (e.g. writing parameters).

Calls are described in the manual. The manual also contains

program examples.

System configuration

Parameter assignment

The CP 142-2 is parameterized with STEP®7 basic package as

of V2.1. Separate configuration for AS-Interface is not necessary.

01

AS-Interface

AS-Interface shaped cable

AS-Interface

ET 200X with CP 142-2

G_IK10_XX_20013

PROFIBUS

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/34

AS-Interface Master

CP 142-2

Masters for SIMATIC S7

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Ordering data Order No.

Bus cycle time 5 ms with 31 slaves

Configuration

• AS-Interface Using pushbutton on front plate

• PROFIBUS The CP 142-2 occupies 16 byte

inputs and 16 byte outputs in the

PROFIBUS configuration of the

ET 200X

AS-Interface Specification V 2.0

• With BM 141/BM 142 Only I/O transmission

• With BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422 All functions

Connection of the AS-Interface

cable Through M12 connector on the

front plate

Address range 16 input bytes

16 output bytes

Supply voltage

• Through backplane bus 24 V DC

• From the AS-Interface shaped

cable According to the AS-Interface

Specification V2.0

Power loss 2 W

Current consumption

• Through backplane bus Typ. 50 mA at 24 V DC

• Through AS-Interface from the

AS-Interface shaped cables According to the AS-Interface

specification V 2.0

Perm. environmental conditions

• Operating temperature 0°C to +55°C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

• Relative humidity 95% at +25 °C

Design ET 200X design

• Module format Expansion module

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 87 x 110 x 63

•Weight Approx. 310 g

• Space required 1 slot

Degree of protection IP66/67

CP 142-2

communications processor

6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0

For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X

to AS-Interface

CP 142-2 manual

6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0

•German

Electronic manuals

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Communications systems,

protocols, products

on CD-ROM

German/English

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/35

AS-Interface Master

Masters for SIMATIC S7

CP 243-2

6

■

Overview

The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master for the new generation

of SIMATIC S7-200. The communications processor (6GK1 243-

2AX01-0AX0) supports the expanded AS-Interface specification

V2.1 and has the following functions:

• Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated an-

alog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface

Specification V2.1)

• Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to ex-

panded AS-Interface Specification V2.1

• Display of operating status and operational readiness of the

connected slaves through LEDs in the frontplate

• Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configura-

tion errors) through LEDs in the frontplate

• Compact housing in the design of the innovative SIMATIC

S7-200 generation

■

Benefits

• More flexible and extended application options of the SIMATIC

S7-200 due to the considerable increase in the available digital

and analog inputs/outputs

• Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of

a button

• In the event of a fault, shorter standstill and service times due

to LED indication of:

• Status of the CPs

- connected slaves and their operational readiness

- monitoring of the AS-Interface voltage level

■

Application

The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master connection exclusively

for the CPUs 22x of the innovated SIMATIC S7-200 generation.

By connecting to AS-Interface, the available digital inputs and

outputs for S7-200 are significantly increased (max. 248 DI /

186 DO on AS-Interface per CP).

In addition, the integrated analog value processing also makes

analog values (per CP max. 31 analog slaves, each with up to

4 channels) available to the S7-200 at the AS-Interface. Up to

two CP 243-2s can be operated simultaneously on the S7-200.

■

Design

The CP 243-2 is connected to the S7-200 like an expansion

module. It features:

• Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable

• LEDs in the front panel for displaying the operating status and

the operational readiness of all connected and activated

slaves

• Two pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the

slaves, for switching the operating status and entering the

existing ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration

■

Function

The CP 243-2 supports all functions stipulated in the expanded

AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address assignment

(A-B) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog

slaves at the AS-Interface.

Access to analog values is just as easy as access to digital val-

ues, thanks to the integrated analog value processing.

The CP 243-2 occupies one digital input byte (status byte), one

digital output byte (control byte) and 8 analog input and 8 analog

output words in the process image of the S7-200. This means

that the CP 243-2 occupies two slots. The operating mode of the

CP 243-2 can be set with the status and control byte through the

application program.

Depending on the operating mode, the CP 243-2 either stores

the I/O data of the AS-Interface slaves or diagnostic values in the

analog address space of the S7-200 or enables master calls

(e.g. readdressing of slaves).

All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of

a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/36

AS-Interface Master

CP 243-2

Masters for SIMATIC S7

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Ordering data Order No.

AS-Interface Specification V 2.1

Interfaces

• Address space used in the PLC Corresponding to 2 I/O modules

(8 DI/8 DO and 8 AI/8 AO)

• AS-Interface connection Term inal

Current consumption

• Via AS-Interface Max. 100 mA

• Through backplane bus Typ. 220 mA at 5 V DC

Power loss Approx. 2 W

Perm. environmental conditions

• Operating temperature

- Horizontal mounting 0°C to +55°C

- Vertical mounting 0°C to +45°C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

• Relative humidity Max. 95% at +25 °C

Design

• Module format S7-22x expansion module

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 71.2 x 80 x 62 (H+16 mm with

holes for wall mounting)

•Weight Approx. 250 g

• Space required 1 slot

CP 243-2

communications processor

6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0

For connection of SIMATIC S7-200

(2nd generation) to AS-Interface

with bus connector

Manual for CP 243-2

Including AS-Interface

fundamentals and diskette

with program examples

paper version

•German

6GK7 243-2AX00-8AA0

• English

6GK7 243-2AX00-8BA0

•French

6GK7 243-2AX00-8CA0

•Spanish

6GK7 243-2AX00-8DA0

• Italian

6GK7 243-2AX00-8EA0

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/37

AS-Interface Master

Masters for SIMATIC S7

CP 343-2

6

■

Overview

The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master for PLC SIMATIC

S7-300 and the distributed I/O device ET 200M. The communi-

cations processor offers the following functions:

• Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated an-

alog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface

Specification V2.1)

• Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to ex-

panded AS-Interface Specification V2.1

• Display of operating status and operational readiness of the

connected slaves through LEDs in the frontplate

• Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configura-

tion errors) through LEDs in the frontplate

• Compact housing in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300

■

Benefits

• Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of

a button

• Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by using

this communications processor in the ET 200M DP slave.

• Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault

through LED displays:

- status of the AS-Interface network

- connected slaves and their operational readiness

- monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level

• Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP can

be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M.

• Ideal for complex applications through the connection option

of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing

■

Application

The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master connection for SIMATIC

S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface allows ac-

cess to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.

The integrated analog value processing also supports evalua-

tion of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog

slaves, each with four channels).

■

Design

The CP 343-2 is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion

module. It features:

• Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable

• LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and

the operational readiness of all connected and activated

slaves

• Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the slaves,

for switching the operating status and entering the existing

ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration

■

Function

The CP 343-2 supports all functions stipulated in the expanded

AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address assignment (A-

B) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog

slaves at the AS-Interface. Access to analog values is easy

thanks to the integrated analog value processing.

All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of

a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary.

■

Mode of operation

In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 reserves 16 bytes in the analog ad-

dress space of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the standard

slaves or A slaves is stored here. The I/O data of the B slaves can

be accessed using the "read/ write data record “ function.

A and B slaves are slaves in accordance with the extended

AS-Interface specification V2.1. For the AS-Interface master

calls (e.g. Write parameter, read diagnostic values), a Function

Call (FC) is provided on the diskette that accompanies the

manual.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/38

AS-Interface Master

CP 343-2

Masters for SIMATIC S7

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Ordering data Order No.

AS-Interface Specification V 2.1

Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves

10 ms for 62 slaves

Interfaces

• Assignment of analog address

space in the PLC 16 byte I/O and P-bus S7-300

• AS-Interface connection S7-300 front connector

with terminal

Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus

Current consumption

• through backplane bus Typ. 200 mA at 5 V DC

• through AS-Interface from the

AS-Interface shaped cables Max. 100 mA

Power loss 2 W

Perm. environmental conditions

• Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

• Relative humidity, max. 95% at +25 °C

Design

• Module format S7-300 design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 120

•Weight Approx. 190 g

• Space required 1 slot

CP 343-2

communications processor

6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0

For connection of SIMATIC S7-300

and ET 200M to the AS-Interface;

without front connector

Front connector

6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0

20-pin, with screw contacts

CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P manual

including software (FC)

and examples

paper version

•German

6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0

• English

6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0

•French

6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0

•Spanish

6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0

• Italian

6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0

Electronic manuals

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Communication systems, logs,

products

on CD-ROM

German/English

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/39

AS-Interface Master

Masters for SIMATIC S7

CP 343-2 P

6

■

Overview

The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master for PLC SIMATIC

S7-300 and the distributed I/O device ET 200M. The communi-

cations processor offers the following functions:

• Supports configuration of the AS-Interface network with STEP 7

V5.2 and higher

• Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated an-

alog value transmission (according to expanded AS-Interface

Specification V2.1)

• Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to ex-

panded AS-Interface Specification V2.1

• Display of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configura-

tion errors) through LEDs in the frontplate

• Compact housing in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300

■

Benefits

• Improved plant documentation and support for servicing

thanks to documentation of the AS-Interface configuration in

the STEP 7 project

• Diagnosis of the AS-Interface network is supported

• Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of

a button

• Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by using

this communications processor in the ET 200M DP slave.

• Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault

through LED displays:

- status of the AS-Interface network

- connected slaves and their operational readiness

- monitoring of the AS- Interface voltage level

• Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP can

be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M.

• Ideal for complex applications through the connection option

of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing

■

Application

The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master connection for

SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface

allows access to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.

The integrated analog value processing also supports evalua-

tion of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog

slaves, each with four channels).

The CP 343-2 P functionality is identical to that of the CP 342-2.

An old S7 user program can therefore be used with the new

CP without any limitations. Also, the AS-Interface configuration

can be downloaded or uploaded with the STEP 7 hardware con-

figuration.

■

Design

The CP 343-2 P is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion

module. It features:

• Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable

• LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and

operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves

• Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the slaves,

for switching the operating status and entering the existing

ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration

■

Mode of operation

In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 P reserves 16 bytes in the analog

address space of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the

standard slaves or A slaves is stored here. The I/O data of the B

slaves can be accessed using the "read/ write data record “

function.

A and B slaves are slaves in accordance with the extended

AS-Interface specification V2.1. For the AS-Interface master

calls (e.g. Write parameter, read diagnostic values), a Function

Call (FC) is provided on the diskette that accompanies the

manual.

All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of

a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary.

■

Function

The CP 343-2 P supports all functions stipulated in the ex-

panded AS-Interface Specification V2.1. Double address

assignment (A-B) makes it possible to operate up to 62 digital or

31 analog slaves at the AS-Interface. Access to analog values is

easy thanks to the integrated analog value processing.

The CP 343-2 P enables the AS-Interface configuration to be

read out with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/40

AS-Interface Master

CP 343-2 P

Masters for SIMATIC S7

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Ordering data Order No.

AS-Interface Specification V 2.1

Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves

10 ms for 62 slaves

Interfaces

• Assignment of analog address

space in the PLC 16 byte I/O and P-bus S7-300

• AS-Interface connection S7-300 front connector

with terminal

Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus

Current consumption

• Through backplane bus, typical 200 mA at 5 V DC

• Through AS-Interface from the

AS-Interface shaped cables, max. 100 mA

Power loss 2 W

Perm. environmental conditions

• Operating temperature 0°C to +60°C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

• Relative humidity, max. 95% at +25 °C

Design

• Module format S7-300 design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 120

•Weight Approx. 190 g

• Space required 1 slot

Configuration software Optional:

STEP 7 V5.2 or later

CP 343-2 P

communications processor

6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0

For connection of SIMATIC S7-300

and ET 200M to the AS-Interface;

without front connector

CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P manual

including software (FC)

and examples

paper version

•German

6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0

• English

6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0

•French

6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0

•Spanish

6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0

• Italian

6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0

Electronic manuals

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Communication systems, logs,

products

on CD-ROM

German/English

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/41

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Introduction

6

■

Overview

K60

The AS-Interface compact modules belong to a new generation

of AS-Interface modules designed to a high degree of protec-

tion. They include digital, analog and pnewmatic compact mod-

ules.

They comprise a top section which is the actual module and a

base section which is the mounting plate. The top section con-

tains all the electronics, connections for sensors and actuators,

an addressing socket and status/diagnostics LEDs.

K45

The mounting plate accepts the AS-Interface flat cables and al-

lows the module to be wall mounted or snapped onto a standard

rail.

Two series of compact modules are available:

• Series K60

• Series K45

■

Selection and Ordering data

Function and order no. overview for digital compact modules 1) Start of delivery as of the end of 2003.

Seriese Type Current carry-

ing capacity

outputs

Slave-Type Pin-

assignment

Connection

technique

Order No.

K60

(digital) 8 Inputs/2 Outputs 2 A A/B special M12

3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3

8 Inputs – Standard Y-II

3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3

A/B new

3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3

4 Inputs/4 Outputs 2 A Standard

3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3

Standard

3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3

1 A Y-II

3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3

Standard

3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3

4 Inputs/3 Outputs 2 A A/B Y-II

3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3

4 Inputs/2 Outputs Standard

3RK1 400-1MQ00-0AA3

4 Inputs –

3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3

2 x 2 Inputs/2 x 2 Outputs 1 A Y

3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3

4 Outputs 2 A Y-II

3RK1100-1CQ00-0AA3

K45

(digital) 4 Inputs – Standard Standard M12

3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3

M8-Screw

3RK1 200-0CT20-0AA3

M8-Snap

3RK1 200-0CU20-0AA3

A/B M12

3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3

M8-Screw

3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3

M8-Snap

3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3

2 x 2 Inputs Y M12

3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3

2 Inputs/2 Outputs 2 A Standard Standard

3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3

2 x (1 Input/1 Output) 0.2 A Y

3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3

4 Outputs 1 A Standard

3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3

3 Outputs A/B

3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3

2 Outputs/2 Inputs 1) 2 A

3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3

$6,QWHUIDFH6ODYHV

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/42

AS-Interface Slaves

Introduction

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Function

AS-Interface compact modules features comprehensive diag-

nostic indication. This supports diagnosis at a glance.

The status of a module is either displayed via two LEDs or one

dual LED with continuous or flashing light.

Compact modules of Series K60 have three LEDs for diagnostic

indication.

Compact modules of Series K45 have one single and one dual

LED (two-color LED) for status and diagnostic indication.

LED diagnostic indication of the K60 compact module

LED diagnostic indication of the K45 compact module

LED

AUX PWR1)

AS-Interface

FAULT

NSA0_00318

States

Off Off

Off

OffOff Off

Status description

On

On On On

On On

On

Flashing

Flashing

Sensor overload with RESET of slaves

Slave has address = 0

No communication:

 Master in STOP mode

 Slave not entered in the LPS

 Slave has wrong IO&D code

 Slave in RESET state

Module completely without voltage

UAux failure Normal operation and

UAux applied

LED

AUX PWR

AS-i / FAULT

NSA0_00313

States

Off Off

Off

Status description

Sensor overload with RESET of slaves

Slave has address = 0

No communication:

 Master in STOP mode

 Slave not entered in the LPS

 Slave has wrong IO&D code

 Slave in RESET state

Module completely without voltage

UAux failure

Normal operation and UAux applied

On

On On On Flashing Flashing

Flashing

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/43

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Overview

The digital AS-Interface compact modules of Series K60, are

characterized by optimized handling and greater user friendli-

ness as compared with the application modules. They enable

the user to reduce the installation and start-up times for

AS-Interface by up to 40%.

AS-Interface modules of the K60 compact series comprise two

sections:

• the mounting plate and

• the compact module.

The AS-Interface shaped cables and the compact module are

connected to the mounting plate. Two mounting plates are of-

fered for

• wall mounting and

• mounting onto standard mounting rails

AS-Interface modules of the compact series feature a connec-

tion for protective earth conductors. Addressing can also be

performed in the installed state via an addressing socket inte-

grated in the compact module.

K60 compact modules with up to four digital inputs

and outputs

These compact modules contain the communications electron-

ics and the standard M12 connections for inputs and outputs.

Up to four sensors and four actuators can be connected to the

compact module easily and reliably via standard M12 plugs.

The mounting plate and compact module are connected to-

gether with a single screw which simultaneously causes contact

to be made with the AS-Interface cable using the insulation pen-

etration technique.

K60 compact modules with up to eight digital inputs

This module has eight digital inputs which can be connected via

M12 plugs.

The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing

all eight inputs. The addresses can be assigned here in the

same manner as for a compact module via a double addressing

socket.

■

Design

K60 compact module

The compact modules are mounted on the mounting plate in just

two work stages:

• The AS-Interface flat cable is laid on the mounting plate.

• The module is located and fixed with a screw.

Contact is made with the AS-Interface cable by the insulation

piercing terminals integrated in the top section when the screw

is screwed down.

Addressing is performed via an integrated addressing socket.

M12 sockets that are not required must be sealed with

3RK1 901-1KA00 sealing caps in order to guarantee the speci-

fied degree of protection. The compact module with eight digital

inputs requires two AS-Interface addresses. The addresses are

assigned using a double addressing socket integrated into the

module.

K60 mounting plate

The K60 mounting plate is used for mounting digital and analog

K60 compact modules. They have cable connectors for the

yellow and black AS-Interface flat cable.

If the yellow and black AS-Interface cables are completely

routed through the module, no additional seals are necessary.

Additional seals are only necessary when both leads or only one

lead ends inside the module. In this case, additional seals

(straight and shaped) must be inserted in the mounting plate.

The seals are not included in the scope of supply and must be

ordered separately (3RK1 902-0AR00, see Selection and

Ordering data).

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/44

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications

Technical specifications common to all IP67 – K60 digital I/O modules

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability

•Sensors 2- and 3-wire

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity f

or all inputs (Tu 40 °C) in mA 200

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 6

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Over black AS-Interface flat cable

• Watchdog Built-in

AS-Interface certificate Available (or under application

in the case of new products)

Approvals UL, CSA, marine certification

(or under application in the case

of new products)

Degree of protection IP67

Ground connection PIN 5 of each M12 socket is

connected with the grounding

sheet in the mounting plate

through a pin

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Status indications

• I/O display Yellow LED

•Display UAux Green LED

• AS-Interface/diagnostics display Green/red LED

Connection Using mounting plate for K60

compact module

Note 1 All K60 compact modules are

supplied with high-grade steel

screws/sockets

Note 2 To supply the output circuit,

an external supplementary

supply (AUX POWER)

of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must

comply with VDE 0106 (PELV),

Safety Class III.

8 inputs/2 outputs 8 inputs 8 inputs new

2 A -- --

A/B slave Standard slaves A/B slaves

Special assignment Y-II assignment Y-II assignment

3RK2 400–1HQ00–0AA3 3RK1 200–0DQ00–0AA3 3RK2 200–0DQ00–0AA3

Total current input in mA 300 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 2-- --

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4-- --

• Socket assignment, outputs 3 = "-"

4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

-- --

I/O configuration 0 (Addr. 1) / 7 (Addr. 2) 0 0

ID/ID2 code A/E (Addr. 1 and 2) 1/F A/E

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1)

• Socket 2 PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 1)

• Socket 3 PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 1)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1)

• Socket 4 PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 1)

• Socket 5 PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN1(D0) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2)

• Socket 6 PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN2(D1) (Addr. 2)

• Socket 7 PIN4 = OUT1(D0) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2)

• Socket 8 PIN4 = OUT2(D1) (Addr. 2)

PIN2 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2) PIN4 = IN4(D3) (Addr. 2)

Number of I/O sockets 8 8 8

Note Module requires two addresses Module requires two addresses Module requires two addresses

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/45

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs

2 A 2 A 1 A

Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves

Y-II assignment Standard assignment Y-II assignment

3RK1 400–1DQ00–0AA3 3RK1 400–1CQ00–0AA3 3RK1 400–1DQ00–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input I

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 2 2 1

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4 4 4

• Socket assignment, outputs 3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

3 = "-"

4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

I/O configuration 7 7 7

ID/ID2 code F/F 0/F F/F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN2/4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1)

• Socket 2 PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN2/4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN2/4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3)

• Socket 4 PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN2/4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3)

• Socket 5 PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1)

• Socket 6 PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1)

• Socket 7 PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

PIN2 = OUT4(D3)

• Socket 8 PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3)

Number of I/O sockets 8 8 8

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/2 outputs

1 A 2 A 2 A

Standard slaves A/B slaves Standard slaves

Standard assignment Y-II assignment Y-II assignment

3RK1 400–1DQ03–0AA3 3RK2 400–1FQ03–0AA3 3RK1 400–1MQ00–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input I

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 2 2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4 4 4

• Socket assignment, outputs 3 = "-"

4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

I/O configuration 7 7 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F A/2 F/F

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/46

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/2 outputs

1 A 2 A 2 A

Standard slaves A/B slaves Standard slaves

Standard assignment Y-II assignment Y-II assignment

3RK1 400–1DQ03–0AA3 3RK2 400–1FQ03–0AA3 3RK1 400–1MQ00–0AA3

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN2/4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1)

• Socket 2 PIN2/4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 PIN2/4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3)

• Socket 4 PIN2/4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3)

• Socket 5 PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1)

• Socket 6 PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1)

• Socket 7 PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) Unassigned (sealed)

• Socket 8 PIN4 = OUT4(D3) Unassigned (sealed) Unassigned (sealed)

Number of I/O sockets 8 7 6

4 inputs 2 x 2 inputs / 2 x 2 outputs 4 outputs

-- 1 amp 2 amps

Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves

Y-II assignment Y assignment Y-II assignment

3RK1 200–0CQ00–0AA3 3RK1 400–1DQ02–0AA3 3RK1 100–1CQ00–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input II

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Earth connection

--

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. -- 1 2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A -- 4 4

• Socket assignment, outputs -- 3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

3 = "-"

2/4 = Output

5 = Ground connection

I/O configuration 0 7 8

ID/ID2 code 1/F F/F 1/F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) --

• Socket 2 PIN4 = IN2(D1) Unassigned (sealed) --

• Socket 3 PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) --

• Socket 4 PIN4 = IN4(D3) Unassigned (sealed) --

• Socket 5 Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1)

• Socket 6 Unassigned (sealed) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT2(D1)

• Socket 7 Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

PIN2 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

PIN2 = OUT4(D3)

• Socket 8 Unassigned (sealed) Unassigned (sealed) PIN4 = OUT4(D3)

Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/47

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

K60 mounting plate Hub

For wall mounting For rail mounting --

3RK1 901-0CA00 3RK1 901-0CB00 3RK1 901-1NN00

Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85

Protection IP67 with K60 compact module

screwed on IP67 with K60 compact module

screwed on IP65 with upper part screwed on

Connection technique For shaped AS-Interface cable,

contacted through the insulation-

piercing terminals integral to the

compact module

For shaped AS-Interface cable,

contacted through the insulation-

piercing terminals integral to the

compact module

For yellow or black, shaped

AS-Interface cable

contacted through the insulation-

piercing terminals integral to the

upper part

Mounting • Wall mounting

• On shaped bracket (the corre-

sponding slide rings are re-

quired)

• Hole spacing is compatible to

K45 mounting plate for wall

mounting

• Standard rail mounting • Standard mounting rail/wall

mounting

• On shaped bracket (the corre-

sponding slide rings are re-

quired)

• Hole spacing also compatible to

coupling module FK/FK-E

(application module)

Note Additional seals are only

necessary when the flat cables

terminate inside the module

(3RK1 902-0AR00)

Additional seals are only

necessary when the flat cables

terminate inside the module

(3RK1 902-0AR00)

Standard rail adapter can be

ordered separately as spare parts:

3RX1 660-0B

Distributors can be used for the

following purposes:

• Configuration of network struc-

tures (branch function)

• Isolation of cable segments

(isolating function)

• Sealing cable ends inside the

module (sealing function)

If one or both cables terminate in

the module, seals are required

(straight and shaped) that can

be inserted in the lower part of the

distributor. These seals are not

included in the scope of supply

and must be ordered separately

(3RK1 902-0AR00).

If both cables are routed into and

out of the module, additional seals

are not required.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/48

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

PNP transistor

Current loading capacity of inputs: 200 mA

Connection type: M12

Modules supplied without mounting plate.

Type Current loading

capacity of outputs Slave type Pin

assignments

8 Inputs/2 Outputs 2 A A/B special

3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3

8 Inputs –Standard Y-II

3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3

A/B

3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3

4 Inputs/4 Outputs 2 A Standard

3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3

Standard

3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3

1 A Y-II

3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3

Standard

3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3

4 Inputs/3 Outputs 2 A A/B Y-II

3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3

4 Inputs/2 Outputs Standard

3RK1 400-1MQ00-0AA3

4 Inputs –

3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3

2 x 2 Inputs/

2 x 2 Outputs 1 A Y

3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3

4 Outputs 2 A Y-II

3RK1100-1CQ00-0AA3

Accessories

3RK1 901-0CA00

K60 mounting plate

To fit all K60 compact modules

• Wall mounting

3RK1 901-0CA00

• Mounting onto standard rails

3RK1 901-0CB00

3RK1 901-1KA00

AS-Interface M12 sealing caps

For spare M12 sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1NN00

Distributor

For AS-Interface flat cable

Supplied with a special mounting plate

Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are only necessary when a cable must end

in the distributor and they must be ordered separately

3RK1 901-1NN00

3RK1 902-0AR00

Sealing kit

For K60 mounting plate and distributor

Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate

(one set contains five straight and five shaped seals)

3RK1 902-0AR00

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/49

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Dimensional drawings

I/O module

Mounting plate for wall mounting

3RK1 901-0CA00

Mounting plate for rail mounting

3RK1 901-0CB00

■

Schematics

Terminal assignment, input, pnp (M12 socket)

Standard assignment

Y assignment

Y-II assignment

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 6

Æ

4 , 5

3 1

2 9

5

1 5 2

6 0

S i d e v i e w w i t h

m o u n t i n g p l a t e

3 R K 1 9 0 1 - 0 C A 0 0

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 7 a

7 3

4 , 5

6 0

3 3

3 9

152 3 4

9

1 0

N S A0_00180

7 3

4 , 5

6 0

3 3

3 9

1 5 2 3 4

9

1 02 0

3

2

4

1

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 6 a

5

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : I n p u t s i g n a l ( b r i d g e d w i t h P i n 4 )

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l ( b r i d g e d w i t h P i n 2 )

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 8 a

1 2

4 3

5

Y c a b l e / s i n g l e c a b l e

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : I n p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l 1

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 0 a

1 2

4 3

5

1 2

4 3

5

Y c a b l e / S i n g l e c a b l e S i n g l e c a b l e

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : I n p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l 1

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

L e f t c o l u m n ( p l a n v i e w ) R i g h t c o l u m n ( p l a n v i e w )

P i n 1 :

S u p p l y

L +

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

S u p p l y

L 

P i n 4 :

I n p u t s i g n a l

2

P i n 5 :

E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

I N 1 I N 2 I N 2

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/50

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Schematics (continued)

Terminal assignment, output, pnp (M12 socket)

Standard assignment

Y assignment

Y-II assignment

3

2

4

1

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 7 a

5

P i n 1 : n o t a s s i g n e d

P i n 2 :

n o t a s s i g n e d

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : O u t p u t s i g n a l

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

1 2

4 3

5

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 9 a

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 : O u t p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : O u t p u t s i g n a l 1

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 1

1 2

4 3

5

1 2

4 3

5

S i n g l e c a b l e

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 : O u t p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : O u t p u t s i g n a l 1

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

L e f t c o l u m n ( p l a n v i e w ) R i g h t c o l u m n ( p l a n v i e w )

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : O u t p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/51

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R

6

■

Overview

Modules with the degree of protection IP67 cannot be used in

environments with permanently high humidity, with drilling emul-

sions and cutting oils or for cleaning with high-pressure clean-

ers. For these applications, the extension for the K60 compact

modules, the K60R module with degree of protection IP68 /

IP69K, is the solution.

The K60R modules are connected via a round cable with a M12

cable plug instead of the AS-Interface ribbon cable.

The AS-Interface bus cable and 24 V DC auxiliary power are

routed in a common round cable.

The degree of protection IP68 permits many new areas of appli-

cations for which the previous field modules with degree of pro-

tection IP67 could not be used. The K60R with degree of protec-

tion IP68 makes it possible to use the module for applications

such as bottling plants or machine tools on-site in areas sub-

jected to permanently high humidity. This allows the savings in

wiring outlay due to AS-Interface to be implemented with even

greater consistency. For IP68 test conditions see Section

Tests IP68 / IP69K.

Cleaning with pressurized cleaning equipment, as is frequently

necessary in the food, beverages and tobacco industries, is

problem-free (IP69K).

When trailing cables are used, many users require that the AS-

Interface bus cable is routed in a round cable. The K60R module

permits direct connection to a round cable. An adapter is not re-

quired.

■

Design

Mounting

The same mounting plates are used as for the K60 modules.

The K60R is connected using a 4-conductor round cable with an

M12 connection instead of using ribbon cables. The mounting

plate therefore only serves for the K60R as a mounting point and

grounding connection.

Addressing

Addressing is carried out using the same socket as for the bus

connection. The connection of the module to the addressing unit

3RK1 904-2AB01 is carried out with a standard M12 cable

(e.g. 3RX1 642). A special addressing line (3RK1901-3RA00) is

required when using the older version of the addressing unit

3RK1 904-2AB00. Following mounting, the module is connected

to the addressing unit using the addressing line, and then

addressed. The addressing line is subsequently removed, and

the module connected to the bus cable.

NSA0_00338

Socket for bus connection and addressing

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/52

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Design (continued)

Connection

In the IP67 environment, the proven standard components are

connected using ribbon cables. Branch lines are made into

the IP68 environment via a round cable distributor (3RK1901-

1NR00). The module is connected using a round cable with M12

socket. The module has an M12 bus connection for this instead

of the previous addressing socket. The AS-Interface bus cable

and the 24 V DC power supply are routed together in a 4-con-

ductor round cable. This round cable must not have an earthing

conductor. The earthing connection is made via the mounting

plate.

Only cables with molded M12 plugs may be used in the IP68 en-

vironment. This cable is available as a preassembled M12 cable

plug/socket:

• 3RX1641: 0.5 m long

• 3RX1640: 1.0 m long

• 3RX1642: 1.5 m long

Freely-assembled cables with an M12 cable socket and a free

cable end can be used for the connection between the distribu-

tor and K60R module over longer distances, where the free end

is fitted with an M12 plug (straight version: 3RX1586, angled

plug 3RX1587) and connected to the distributor. This cable is

available in two versions:

• 3RX1536: 5 m long, with M12 cable socket

• 3RX1542: 5 m long, with M12 angled cable socket

If more than one K60R module is to be connected to a branch

line, this can be distributed further using a T-distributor

(3RK1901-1TR00) in degree of protection IP68.

The following conditions must be observed: The design guide-

lines for the AS-Interface are applicable. The maximum permis-

sible current is limited to 4 A for all M12 connection cables.

The cross-section of these cables is only 0.34 mm². The M12

connection cables mentioned (max. length 5 m) can be used for

the branch lines to connect the K60R modules. The voltage drop

resulting from the ohmic resistance (approx. 0.11 /m) must be

taken into account. The total maximum load for all four connec-

tions of the round cable distributor 3RK1901-1NR00 is 4 A.

In applications with only round cables, the AS-Interface bus ca-

ble and the 24 V DC power supply can be routed together up to

20 m when using a round cable 4 x 1.5 mm². With longer cables,

routing is made using two separate cables of 2 x 1.5 mm² each.

A round cable distributor (3RK1901-1NR00) is not required for

such applications. Distribution to the K60R modules is then

made using a terminal box and the M12 cables referred to.

IP68 / IP69K tests

K60R modules are tested as follows:

•Extra testing compared to IP67: 90 min under 1.8 m water

(IP67: 30 min under 1 m water)

•Salt water test: five months immersed in salt water, 20 cm deep

at room temperature

•Test with particularly creeping oil: five months completely un-

der oil at room temperature

•Test with drilling emulsion: five months at room temperature

(components of drilling emulsion: anionic and non-ionic emul-

sifiers, paraffinic low-aromatic mineral oil, boric acid alkanola-

mines, corrosion inhibitors, oil content 40 %)

•Test in oil bath (Oil Excellence 416) with changing oil tempera-

ture: 130 cycles from 15 to 55 °C, two months

•Cleaning with high-pressure cleaner according to IP69K:

80 to 100 bar, distance 10 to 15 cm, time per side > 30 s, water

temperature 80 °C

In order to simulate demands which are as realistic as possible,

the modules have been artificially aged prior to the tests by 15

temperature cycles of -25/+85 °C. The modules were connected

by 3RX1 cables during the tests. Unused connections were

closed by sealing caps 3RK1901-1KA00.

Note: Sealing caps and M12 connections must be tightened with

the correct torque.

3RX1 9 01 1NRO

NSA0_00339

IP68

3RX1 672 (5 m)

3RX1 674 (5 m)

3RX1 641 (0,5 m)

3RX1 640 (1,0 m)

3RX1 642 (1,5 m) max. 1,5 m

max. 5 m

3RK1 901-1TR00

3RX1 641 (0,5 m)

3RX1 640 (1,0m)

3RX1 642 (1,5 m)

3RX1 536 (5 m)

3RX1 542 (5 m)

+

connector

3RX1 586

3RX1 587

IP67

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/53

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R

6

■

Technical specifications

4 inputs/4 outputs IP68 / IP69K

Standard assignment

3RK1 400–1CR00–0AA3

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 270

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

•Sensors 2- and 3-wire

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity for all in-

puts

(Tu 40 °C) in mA

200

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 6

• Pin assignments for inputs PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input I

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input I

PIN 5 = Ground connection

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Current carrying-capacity

DC 12/13 typically

(max. 4 A per module) in A

2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4

• Pin assignments for outputs 3 = „-“

4 = Output

5 = Earth connection

• Short-circuit protection built-in

• Inductive interference protection built-in

• External voltage supply

DC 24 V Shared round cable connection

with AS-Interface connection via

M12 socket connector

• Watchdog built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 (data bit D0) PIN2/4 = IN1(D0)

• Socket 2 (data bit D1) PIN2/4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 (data bit D2) PIN2/4 = IN3(D2)

• Socket 4 (data bit D3) PIN2/4 = IN4(D3)

• Socket 5 (data bit D0) PIN4 = OUT1(D0)

• Socket 6 (data bit D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1)

• Socket 7 (data bit D2) PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

• Socket 8 (data bit D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3)

4 inputs/4 outputs IP68 / IP69K

Standard assignment

3RK1 400–1CR00–0AA3

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP68 / IP69K with mounting plate

3RK1 901-0CA00

IP68 test conditions see Section

Overview / Tests IP68 / IP69K

The degree of protection is only

achieved if all M12 connections

are tightened with the correct

torque. I/O sockets which are not

required must be covered with

sealing caps 3RK1 901-1KA00.

Earth connection PIN5 of each M12 socket is

connected to the grounding plate

in the mounting plate via a pin.

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 8

Status indications

• I/O indication Yellow LED

• IndicationUHelp Green LED

• AS-Interface/diagnostics

indication Green/red LED

Conductor via mounting plate for K60

compact module

Note 1 All K60 compact modules are

supplied with stainless steel

screws/sockets

Note 2 To supply the output circuit,

an external supplementary

supply (AUX POWER)

of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must

comply with VDE 0106 (PELV),

safety class III.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/54

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

■

Selection and Ordering data

IP67 round cable distributor

AS-i / Uaux Ribbon cable for

4 x M12, passive without LED

3RK1 901–1NR00

Function Connection of K60R modules to

AS-Interface ribbon cable in IP-67

environment

Operating voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 DC (AS-Interface)

Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC

Total current carrying capacity for

all distributors in A 4

Socket assignment 1 = AS-i "+"

2 = Uaux "-"

3 = AS-i "–"

4 = Uaux "+"

Conductor 4 M12 socket for connection to

AS-Interface (sensors/actuators)

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85

Number of M 12 sockets 4

Connection via contact pins on FCI coupling

module (in scope of delivery)

M12-T distributor

3RK1 901–1TR00

Function for connecting several K60R to

one M12 spur line

Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC

Current-carrying capacity in A 4 at T = 40 °C

Conductor M12

Degree of protection IP68

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -25 to +85

Number of M 12 sockets 1 x M12 connector /

2 x M12 sockets

Design

Order No.

4 inputs/4 outputs 1)

IP68 / IP69K

Standard assignment

Current carrying capacity:

200 mA (inputs)

2 A (outputs)

Standard slave

Delivery of modules is without mounting plate

3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3

Accessories

3RK1 901-0CA00

Mounting plate K60

appropriate for all K60 and K60R compact modules

• Wall mounting

3RK1 901-0CA00

• Onto standard rails

3RK1 901-0CB00

3RK1 901-1NR00

Round cable distributor IP67

4-way AS-i/Uaux

Ribbon cable to 4 x M12

Current carrying capacity: 4 A

Passive without LED

Scope of delivery including coupling module

3RK1 901-1NR00

3RK1 901-1TR00

M12 T-distributor

IP68

1 x M12 plug

2 x M12 socket

3RK1 901-1TR00

3RK1 901-3RA00

Addressing cable M12

for addressing K60R modules

(only required for addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00;

when using the latest version of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01,

the addressing is carried out with a standard M12 cable 3RX1 642)

3RK1 901-3RA00

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/55

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R

6

■

Dimensional drawings

I/O module

Mounting plate for wall mounting

Mounting plate for mounting onto standard rail

M12-T hub

4 0

152

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 2

6 0

2 9

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 7 a

7 3

4 , 5

6 0

3 3

3 9

152 3 4

9

1 0

N S A0_00180

7 3

4 , 5

6 0

3 3

3 9

1 5 2 3 4

9

1 02 0

M12x1

M12x1

M12x1

56

45

17

NSA0_00340

1

2

3

4

3

4

1

2

1234

Male

cable

plug

Fem.

cable

plug

Cover ring

Wiring diagram

4-pole

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/56

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Overview

Large K60 compact modules, well-proven in industry, are now

complemented by the new K45 compact module series. They

round off the existing product spectrum at the lower end and

form the basis of a future generation of small compact modules.

The recognized advantages of the existing K60 compact

modules are entirely mirrored in the considerably smaller K45

modules. They have the same base area as the application mod-

ules, but the installed depth is only 2/3 of that of the application

modules and therefore matches the compact module family.

Despite these small dimensions, all modules feature large en-

graving plates and the integrated addressing socket.

Two mounting plates are offered for the K45 compact modules:

• The first mounting plate has the same hole pattern as the K60

compact module. This means that K60 compact modules can

be mounted flush in combination with K45 modules. The flat

cables are laid without obstructions in the special depressions

in the mounting plates.

• The second mounting plate has the drilled holes and the stan-

dard rail mounting adapter of the application modules.

Installation of the flat cables has been simplified. The yellow and

black AS-Interface® flat cable can be inserted in the mounting

plates from the left or right depending on the position of the cod-

ing lug. The polarity of the applied voltages cannot be reversed.

The sensors/actuators are connected via M12 sockets. The 4I

module can be ordered as an alternative with M 8 connection

sockets.

■

Design

Mounting

The yellow or black and yellow AS-Interface flat cables are laid in the

appropriate cable guides of the mounting plate. They can be inserted in

any direction.

The top of the module is located onto the mounting plate.

The top section is fixed to the mounting plate with just one screw.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/57

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

6

■

Design (continued)

Mounting possibilities

Standard rail mounting with 3RK1 901-2DA00 mounting plate.

Wall mounting with 3RK1 901-2EA00 mounting plate.

Mounting (horizontal and vertical fixing is possible) on generally available

shaped rails with screws-on slides (max. M5, not included in the scope

of supply) on mounting plate 3RK1 901-2EA00 or 3RK1 901-2DA00.

Addressing

The addresses are assigned using an integrated addressing

socket.

M12 sockets that are not required must be sealed with

3RK1 901-1KA00 blank plugs in order to guarantee the speci-

fied degree of protection.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/58

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications

Technical specifications common to all IP67 – K45 digital I/O modules

1) for 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 Umin = 16.5 V

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Polarity reversal protection U AS-

Interface Built-in

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload with-

stand capability

•Sensors 2- and 3-wire

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for all inputs

(Tu 40 °C) in mA

200

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 6

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Over black AS-Interface flat cable

• Watchdog Built-in

AS-Interface certificate Available (or under application

in the case of new products)

Approvals UL, CSA, marine certification

(or under application in the case

of new products)

Degree of protection IP67 (IP65 for M8 snap-on con-

nection)

Ground connection Through PIN5 of the M12 socket

and outgoing through a 2.8 mm

tab connector (no earth connec-

tion for M8 sockets)

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Status indications

• I/O display Yellow LED

•Display UAux Green LED

• AS-Interface/diagnostics display Dual LED, green/red

Connection Using mounting plate for K45

compact module

Note 1 All K45 compact modules are

supplied with high-grade steel

screws/sockets

Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an

external supplementary supply

(AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is

necessary. The supplementary

supply must comply with VDE

0106 (PELV), Safety Class III.

4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs

Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slave

Standard assignment Standard assignment Standard assignment

M12 M8 screw connection M8 screw connection

3RK1 200–0CQ20–0AA3 3RK1 200–0CT20–0AA3 3RK1 200–0CU20–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 + 2 = Data input

PIN5 = Ground connection

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 = Data input

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 = Data input

I/O configuration 0 0 0

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0)

• Socket 2 PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 PIN4/2 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3(D2)

• Socket 4 PIN4/2 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3)

Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4

4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs

A/B slave A/B slaves A/B slaves

Standard assignment Standard assignment Standard assignment

M12 M8 screw connection M8 screw connection

3RK2 200–0CQ20–0AA3 3RK2 200–0CT20–0AA3 3RK2 200–0CU20–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 + 2 = Data input

PIN5 = Ground connection

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 = Data input

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 = Data input

I/O configuration 0 0 0

ID/ID2 code A/0 A/0 A/0

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0)

• Socket 2 PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 PIN4/2 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3(D2) PIN4 = IN3(D2)

• Socket 4 PIN4/2 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3)

Number of I/O sockets 4 4 4

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/59

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

1) The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with Version "E12" from 1.5 to 2 A (available from approx. 07/2003).

2x2 inputs 2 inputs / 2 outputs 2 x (1 input / 1 output)

-- Current carrying capacity

of outputs: 2 A 1)Current carrying capacity

of outputs: 0.2 A

A/B slaves Standard slave Standard slaves

Y assignment Standard assignment Standard assignment

M12 M12 M12

3RK2 200–0CQ22–0AA3 3RK1 400–1BQ20–0AA3 3RK1 400–0GQ20–0AA3

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Polarity reversal protection U Aux Not applicable Through coding U Aux not required

Socket assignment, inputs PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 + 2 = Data input

PIN5 = Ground connection

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN2 = Data input

PIN3 = Sensor supply L

PIN4 = Data input

PIN5 = Earth connection

PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN2 = Output

PIN3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN4 = Data input

PIN5 = Earth connection

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. -- 2 1)0,2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A -- 30,2

I/O configuration 0 3 3

ID/ID2 code A/0 0/F F/F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) PIN4/2 = IN1(D0) PIN4 = IN1(D0)

PIN2 = OUT3(D2)

• Socket 2 -- PIN4/2 = IN2(D1) --

• Socket 3 -- PIN4 = OUT3(D2) --

• Socket 4 PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

PIN2 = OUT3(D3)

Number of I/O sockets 2 4 2

4 outputs 3 outputs 2 outputs / 2 inputs

Current carrying capacity

of outputs: 1 A

Current carrying capacity

of outputs: 1 A

Current carrying capacity

of outputs: 2 A

Standard slaves A/B slaves A/B slave

Standard assignment Standard assignment Standard assignment

M12 M12 M12

3RK1 100–1CQ20–0AA3 3RK2 100–1EQ20–0AA3 3RK2 400–1BQ20–0AA3

Total current input in mA 45 45 270

Polarity reversal protection U Aux Through coding Through coding Through coding

Socket assignment, inputs -- -- PIN1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN2 = Data input

PIN3 = Sensor supply L

PIN4 = Data input

PIN5 = Earth connection

Outputs

• Current carrying capacity per out-

put in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 1 2

• Maximum summation current per

module in A 3 3 3

I/O configuration 8 8 B

ID/ID2 code 0/F A/0 A/0

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4/2 = IN3(D2)

• Socket 2 PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) PIN4/2 = IN4(D3)

• Socket 3 PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT3(D2) PIN4 = OUT1(D0)

• Socket 4 PIN4 = OUT4(D3) Not available PIN4 = OUT2(D1)

Number of I/O sockets 4 3 4

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/60

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

K45 mounting plate Hub Cable end piece

For wall mounting For standard rail

mounting

-- --

3RK1 901-2EA00 3RK1 901-2DA00 3RK1 901-1NN00 3RK1 901-1MN00

Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +85 -40 to +85 40 to +85

Degree of protection IP67 with K45 compact

module screwed on IP67 with K45 compact

module screwed on IP65 with upper part

screwed on IP67 with shaped AS-

Interface cable inserted

Connection technique For shaped AS-Interface

cable, contacted through

the insulation-piercing ter-

minals integral to the com-

pact module

For shaped AS-Interface

cable, contacted through

the insulation-piercing ter-

minals integral to the com-

pact module

For yellow or black,

shaped AS-Interface

cable, contacted through

the insulation-piercing ter-

minals integral to the

upper part

Heavy-gauge threaded-

joint connector with inte-

grated seal (seal shaped

for AS-Interface cable)

Mounting • Wall mounting

• On shaped bracket

(the corresponding slide

rings are required)

• Hole spacing compati-

ble with K60 mounting

plate

• Standard mounting

rail/wall mounting

• On shaped bracket

(the corresponding slide

rings are required)

• Hole spacing compati-

ble to coupling module

FK/FK-E (application

module)

• Standard mounting

rail/wall mounting

• On shaped bracket

(the corresponding slide

rings are required)

• Hole spacing compati-

ble to coupling module

FK/FK-E (application

module)

Cable end piece can be

fixed, for example, to a

machine by means of

integral ring

Note The yellow and black

AS-Interface cable can

be inserted from any

direction

The yellow and black

AS-Interface cable can

be inserted from any

direction

Distributors can be

used for the following

purposes:

• Configuration of

network structures

(branch function)

• Isolation of cable

segments (isolating

function)

• Sealing cable ends

inside the module

(sealing function)

If one or both cables

terminate in the module,

seals are required

(straight and shaped)

that can be inserted in the

lower part of the distribu-

tor.

These seals are not

included in the scope

of supply and must be

ordered separately

(3RK1 902-0AR00).

If both cables are routed

into and out of the mod-

ule, additional seals are

not required.

--

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/61

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with Version "E12“ from 1.5 to 2 A (available from approx. 07/2003).

2) Start of delivery approx. end of 2003.

Design Order No.

3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

PNP transistor

Current loading capacity of inputs: 200 mA

Modules supplied without mounting plate.

Type Current load-

ing capacity

of outputs

Slave

type Pin

assign-

ments

Connection

technique

4 inputs -- Standard Standard M12

3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3

M8 screws

3RK1 200-0CT20-0AA3

M8 snap-on

3RK1 200-0CU20-0AA3

A/B M12

3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3

M8 screws

3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3

M8 snap-on

3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3

2 x 2 inputs -- A/B Y M12

3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3

2 inputs/2 outputs 2 A 1) Standard Standard

3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3

2 x (1 input / 1 output) 0.2 A Y

3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3

4 outputs 1 A Standard

3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3

3 outputs A/B

3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3

2 outputs / 2 inputs 2) new 2 A

3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3

Accessories

3RK1 901-2EA00

K45 mounting plate

• For wall mounting

3RK1 901-2EA00

• For mounting onto standard rails

3RK1 901-2DA00

3RK1 901-1NN00

Distributor

For AS-Interface flat cable

Supplied inclusive of special mounting plate

Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are only necessary when a cable

must end in the distributor and must be ordered separately

3RK1 901-1NN00

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1PN00

AS-Interface sealing caps

(one set contains ten sealing caps)

• For spare M12 sockets

3RK1 901-1KA00

• For spare M8 sockets

3RK1 901-1PN00

3RK1 901-1MN00

Cable end piece

For sealing open cable ends (of the shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67

(one set contains ten cable end pieces)

3RK1 901-1MN00

3RK1 902-0AR00

Sealing set

For K60 mounting plate and distributor

Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate

(one set contains five straight and five shaped seals)

3RK1 902-0AR00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/62

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Dimensional drawings

Mounting plate for wall mounting

3RK1 901-2EA00

Drilled holes and mounting possibilities as for the K60 compact module

Mounting plate for standard rail mounting

3RK1 901-2DA00

Drilled holes and mounting possibilities as for the application module

Distributor

3RK1 901-1NN00

33

NSA00028

3

45

33

45

73

4,5

80

10

31

NSA0_00029b

45

66

7

80

14

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 0 9

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/63

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - K45

6

■

Schematics

Terminal assignment input, pnp (M8 socket)

Standard assignment

Terminal assignment input, pnp (M12 socket)

Standard assignment

Terminal assignment input, pnp (M12 socket)

Y assignment

Terminal assignment output, pnp (M12 socket) 24 V DC

Standard assignment

13

4

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 9 6

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 4 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l

3

2

4

1

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 6 a

5

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : I n p u t s i g n a l ( b r i d g e d w i t h P i n 4 )

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l ( b r i d g e d w i t h P i n 2 )

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 8 a

1 2

4 3

5

Y c a b l e / s i n g l e c a b l e

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : I n p u t s i g n a l 2

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : I n p u t s i g n a l 1

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

3

2

4

1

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 0 7 a

5

P i n 1 : n o t a s s i g n e d

P i n 2 :

n o t a s s i g n e d

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : O u t p u t s i g n a l

P i n 5 : E a r t h c o n n e c t i o n

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/64

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Overview

The AS-Interface application modules are the first module gen-

eration for AS-Interface. The K45 and K60 modules of the com-

pact series are further developed and enhanced modules.

We recommend that in the future the application modules will be

replaced with the K45 compact modules. For existing systems

and as replacement parts, the application modules will, how-

ever, still be available..

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://mall.ad.siemens.com

Advantages of the K45 compact modules

The K45 compact modules offer further advantages over the

functionality of the application modules:

• An integrated addressing socket allows the module to be ad-

dressed while built-in

• Time savings on installing the module: Hinging method means

they are mounted with just one screw

• Comprehensive diagnostics thanks to a LED on the module

(display of null address, no communication with master, over-

load, etc.)

• Insertion of the AS-Interface flat cable regardless of the posi-

tion of the protruding lug

• More compact dimensions

• Versions with M12 and M8 connection sockets permit direct

connection of all sensors

• Modules in A/B technology permit up to 62 stations to be con-

nected to an AS-Interface network

Application module decoding table K45

Note:

When using the K45 module instead of coupling modules 3RG9 010-0AA00 and 3RG9 030-0AA00,

the K45 mounting plates 3RK1 901-2EA00 (wall mounting) or 3RK1 901-2DA00 (mounting onto standard rails) are required.

Application module Comparison type K45

Order No. Design Order No. Design

3RG9 001-0AA00 4 inputs (100 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)

3RG9 001-0AG00 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)

3RG9 001-0AH00 2 x 2 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 2 x 2 inputs

A/B slave

3RG9 001-0AC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Relay outputs 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Electronic outputs

3RG9 001-0CC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Electronic outputs 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Electronic outputs

3RG9 001-0AM00 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Electronic outputs

Uaux via M12 plug

3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs

Electronic outputs

Uaux via black flat cable

3RG9 001-0AJ00 2 x (1 input / 1 output)

I/O supply via AS-Interface cable 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 2 x (1 input / 1 output)

I/O supply via AS-Interface cable

3RG9 001-0AB00 4 outputs

Relay outputs 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs

Electronic outputs

3RG9 001-0AL00 4 outputs

Uaux via M12 plug 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs

Uaux via black flat cable

3RG9 001-0CB00 4 outputs

Electronic outputs 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs

Electronic outputs

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/65

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

6

■

Technical specifications

4 inputs 2 x 2 inputs

100 mA 200 mA

PNP transistor NPN transistor PNP transistor

Standard assignment Y-II assignment Y assignment

3RG9 001–0AA00 3RG9 001–0AG00 3RK1 200-0CQ01-0AA3 3RG9 001–0AH00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 120 250 290 250

Input connection PNP PNP NPN PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 27 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for all inputs (Tu 40 °C) in mA 100 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system 2-, 3- and 4-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Connection of AS-Interface EMI

Watchdog --

I/O configuration 0

ID code 0 1

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 Input (D0) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1) Input (D0 and D1)

• Socket 2 Input (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1) --

• Socket 3 Input (D2) PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) --

• Socket 4 Input (D3) PIN4 = IN4(D3) Input (D2 and D3)

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 4 2

I/O display Yellow LED

AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED Green LED

AS-Interface/diagnostics display Not available "AS-i" LED:

green = OK

red =

no data communication

flashing red/yellow =

null address

flashing red =

overload sensor

Not available

Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/66

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

2 inputs/2 outputs

Relay PNP transistor NPN transistor

3RG9 001–0AC00 3RG9 001–0CC00 3RG9 001–0AM00 3RK1 400–1BQ01–0AA3

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 140 270 270 290

Input connection PNP NPN

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

•Sensors 2- and 3-wire

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 27

• Current carrying capacity

for all inputs (Tu 40 °C) in mA 100 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Relay Electronics

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 (DC 12)

0.5 (DC 13 24 V) 2 1

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 2

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Via M 12 plug 24 V DC via black flat

cable Via M 12 plug 24 V DC via black flat

cable

• Watchdog Not available Built-in

Connection of AS-Interface EMI EEMI EMI EEMI

I/O configuration 3

ID code 0 1

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 Input (D0) PIN4 = IN1 (D0)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1)

• Socket 2 Input (D1) PIN4 = IN2(D1)

• Socket 3 Output (D2) PIN4 = OUT1 (D2)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D3)

• Socket 4 Output (D3) PIN4 = OUT2 (D3)

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 4

I/O display Yellow LED

AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED

AS-Interface/diagnostics display Without LED "AS-i" LED:

green = OK

red =

no data communication

flashing red/yellow =

null address

flashing red =

overload sensor

Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module

Note 1 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III.

Note 2 In the event of a commu-

nications failure, the relay

outputs remain in the

current switching state.

–

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/67

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

2 x (1 input/1 output)

PNP transistor

3RG9 001–0AJ00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 270

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Load rating for all inputs in mA 200

• Connection of sensors 2-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 0.2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 0.2

• External supply voltage Not required

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage The outputs are supplied via the

yellow AS-Interface cable

• Watchdog Built-in

Connection of AS-Interface EMI

I/O configuration 3

ID code F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 Input D0 and output D2

• Socket 2 --

• Socket 3 Input D1 and output D3

• Socket 4 --

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 2

I/O display Yellow LED

AS-Interface voltage display Green LED

Diagnostics Without LED

Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg

coupling module

Note The black AS-Interface cable is

not required

4-fold distributor passive

without LED

3RG9 001-0AD00

Function The passive 4V application mod-

ule is used for connecting the

intelligent I/O to the AS-Interface

Operating voltage in V 26.5 to 31.6 DC (AS-Interface)

Voltage range in V 20 to 30 DC

Current load for all total in A 2

Socket assignment 1 = AS-i ”+“3 = AS-i ”–“

Connection 4 x M12 socket for connecting AS-

Interface (Sensors/actuators)

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +85

Non-operating temperature in °C –40 to +85

Number of M12 sockets 4

Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg

coupling module

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/68

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 outputs

Relay PNP transistor NPN transistor PNP transistor

3RG9 001–0AB00 39 001–0AL00 3RK1 100–1CQ01–0AA3 3RG9 001–0CB00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 60 50 60

Output connection PNP NPN PNP

Outputs

• Type of output Relay Electronics

• Current carrying capacity per

output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 (DC 12) 0.5 (DC 13 24

V) 1

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 2

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Via M12 connector on the end face of the module Via FK-E or PG-E coupling module

Watchdog Not available Built-in

Connection of AS-Interface EMI EEMI

I/O configuration 8

ID code 0 1 0

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 Output (D0) PIN4 = OUT1 (D0)

PIN2 = OUT2 (D1) Output (D0)

• Socket 2 Output (D1) PIN4 = OUT2(D1) Output (D1)

• Socket 3 Output (D2) PIN4 = OUT3(D2)

PIN2 = OUT4(D3) Output (D2)

• Socket 4 Output (D3) PIN4 = OUT4(D3) Output (D3)

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Storage temperature in °C –40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 4

Display of outputs Yellow LED

AS-Interface display Green LED Red/yellow/green LED Green LED

Diagnostics Without LED "AS-i" LED:

green = OK

red =

no data communication

flashing red/yellow =

null address

flashing red =

overload sensor

Without LED

Connection Via contact pin on the FK or Pg coupling module Via contact pin on the FK-E or Pg-E coupling module

Note 1 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), Safety Class III.

Note 2 In the event of a commu-

nications failure, the relay

outputs remain in the

current switching state.

–

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/69

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

FK coupling module FK-E coupling module

for 2 x AS-Interface cable (yellow) for 1 x AS-Interface cable (yellow) and

1 x AS-Interface cable (black)

Standard version Version with high-grade

steel components and

Viton seals

Standard version Version with high-grade

steel components and

Viton seals

3RG9 010–0AA00 3RK1 901–1HA00 3RG9 030–0AA00 3RK1 901–1JA00

Operating voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Loading capability in A 2

Interface EMI EEMI

Ambient temperature in °C -40 to +85

Degree of protection IP67 (with cover/application module)

Connection technique Insulation piercing technique for AS-Interface flat cable

Mounting possibilities For wall and standard rail mounting

Scope of delivery 1 coupling module

4 shaped seal

3 terminating seal

1 coupling module

4 shaped seal (Viton)

3 terminating seal

(Viton)

1 coupling module

4 shaped seal

3 terminating seal

1 coupling module

4 shaped seal (Viton)

3 terminating seal

(Viton)

Special features -- Integrated high-grade

steel threaded bushings -- High-grade steel

threaded bushings

Note Cable baskets are connected electrically in parallel

and are suitable for single T and double T junctions --

PG coupling module PG-E coupling module

3RG9 220-0AA00 3RG9 240-0AA00

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26,5 to 31,6

Loading capability in A 4

Interface EMI EEMI

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

Degree of protection IP67 (with cover/application module)

Connection technique Via screw terminals to AS-Interface cable

with top section of module Via screw terminals to AS-Interface cable and UAux via

male contact connection to top section of module

Mounting possibilities For wall and standard rail mounting

Supply includes 1 PG coupling module

4 nuts

2 cable gland PG11

3 locking bolts

External cable diameter in mm 6 to 10

Conductor cross-section in mm21 to 2.5

Screwed cable gland Pg11

Note When using AS-Interface flat cables, shaped PG gaskets are required(3RX9 805-0AA00)

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/70

AS-Interface Slaves

Digital I/O modules IP67 - application modules

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Dimensional drawings

Application modules

3RG9 001-0AA00

3RG9 001-0AD00

3RG9 001-0AG00

3RG9 001-0CB00

3RG9 001-0CC00

3RK1 200-0CQ01-0AA3

3RK1 400-1BQ01-0AA3

3RK1 100-1CQ01-0AA3

3RG9 001-0AB00

3RG9 001-0AC00

3RG9 001-0AL00

3RG9 001-0AM00

3RG9 001-0AH00

3RG9 001-0AJ00

Coupling modules

FK coupling module

3RG9 010-0AA00

PG coupling module

3RG9 220-0AA00

FK-E coupling module

3RG9 030-0AA00

3RG9 901-1NA00

3RG9 901-1JA00

PG-E coupling module

3RG9 240-0AA00

N S A 0 0 0 3 9

8 0

6 6

3 1

9 , 6

4 5 2 5

- 1

- 2 -

3 -

4 -

2 7

N S A 0 0 0 4 0

8 0

6 6

3 1

9 , 6

4 5 2 5

1 0

3 , 8 5

M 1 2

- 1

- 2 -

3 -

4 -

1 62 7

N S A 0 0 0 4 1

8 0

6 6

3 1

9 , 6

4 5 2 5

2 7

N S A 0 0 0 4 3

8 0

6 6

3 1

5 , 3

4 5 6

9 , 6

2 0

N S A 0 0 0 4 4

8 0

6 6

3 1

4 5

4

17,25

2 2 - 2 8

5 , 3

3 3

13,25

P g 1 1

9 , 6

5 , 3

N S A 0 0 0 4 5

8 0

6 6

3 1

5 , 3

4 5 6

9 , 6

2 0

N S A 0 0 0 4 6

8 0

6 6

3 1

4 5

4

17,25

2 2 - 2 8

5 , 3

3 3

1 3 , 2 5

P g 1 1

9 , 6

5 , 3

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/71

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Overview

The two-channel modules in the K60 compact series collect or

supply analog signals locally. These modules are linked to a

higher-level programmable controller via an AS-Interface master

acc. to Specification 2.1.

The analog modules are grouped into five categories:

• Input module for two current sensors

• Input module for two voltage sensors

• Input module for two temperature sensors

• Output module for two current actuators

• Output module for two voltage actuators

The input and output channels are galvanically isolated from the

AS-Interface network. If sensors with a greater power consump-

tion are to be connected, instead of the internal supply, more

power can be supplied via the auxiliary voltage.

The modules, complete with their technical specifications and

detailed operating instructions, are presented in the manual in

considerable detail. This is supplemented with function block

examples.

■

Function

Data transfer in accordance with the 7.3/7.4 analog profile (simplified)

In the case of the 7.3/7.4 analog profile, at least seven AS-Inter-

face cycles are executed until data transfer is complete. For this

purpose, a master with the expanded specification V2.1

must be used.

In the case of input modules, the complete analog value is then

available in the AS-Interface master. Preprocessing takes place

in the master.

The user program fetches the analog value as one value into the

user program on the next system function call. The analog value

is therefore updated extremely quickly.

This procedure takes place in reverse order in the case of output

modules.

■

Technical specifications

NSA0_00352a

A n a l o g

m o d u l e

A S -

I n t e r f a c e

m a s t e r

C P U

O n e u s e r p r o g r a m c y c l e ,

w i t h s y s t e m f u n c t i o n c a l l

S e v e n A S -

I n t e r f a c e c y c l e s

( m a x . 5 m s e a c h )

N o t e : T h e i n t e g r a t e d s t a n d a r d f u n c t i o n b l o c k s S F C 5 8 , S F C 5 9

c a n b e u s e d f o r a c c e s s t o t h e v a l u e s .

Slave type Analog-Slave

Profile 7.3

Numerical format S7

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current consumption of the

module including the connection

of sensors/actuators in mA

150

Current drawn with two sensors

connected in mA

(without UAux infeed)

Max. 46

Additional supply of sensors

via UAux in V 24 to 30

Current drawn from UAux on

connection of 2 sensors

(not short-circuit-proof) in mA

Max. 500

Current drawn on connection of 2

current / voltage actuators in mA Max. 30 / max. 24

I/O configuration 7

ID code 3

AS-Interface certificate In preparation

Approvals UL/CSA/ship building

Degree of protection IP67

Ambient temperature in °C -20 to +60

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

AUX PWR display (UAux)Green LED

AS-i display Green LED

FAULT display Red LED

Connection Mounting plate for K60 compact

module

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/72

AS-Interface Slaves

Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://mall.ad.siemens.com

The analog modules to the profile 7.1/7.2 can be ordered at this

address.

Design

Order No.

3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3

Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60

Active channels 1 and 2

Analog profile 7.3

The modules are supplied without a mounting plate

Measurement/

output variable Type Measurement

/output range

Current 2 inputs

Deactivated smoothing

function

50 Hz line filter

4 to 20 mA or

20 mA

(selectable)

3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3

2 outputs

For 2-wire actuators 4 to 20 mA or

20 mA or

0 to 20 mA

(selectable)

3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3

Thermal resistance

Resistance 2 inputs

For 4-wire sensors

Deactivated smoothing

function

50 Hz line filter

Pt 100 or

Ni 100 or

0 to 600 mA

(selectable)

3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3

Voltage 2 inputs

Deactivated smoothing

function

50 Hz line filter

10 V

3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3

2 outputs

For 2-wire actuators 10 V or

0 to 10 V

(selectable)

3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3

Accessories

3RK1 901-0CA00

Manual, German

3RK1 701-2AB40-0AA0

K60 mounting plate

• Wall mounting

3RK1 901-0CA00

• Mounting onto standard rails

3RK1 901-0CB00

3RK1 901-1KA00

M12 sealing cap

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 902-0AR00

Sealing kit

3RK1 902-0AR00

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/73

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in the field

Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60

6

■

Schematics

Pin assignment input module

3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3

Current input 4-wire-sensor

3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3

Current input 2-wire-sensor

3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3

Voltage input 4-wire-sensor

3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3

Thermo-resistor 4-wire-sensor

3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3

Thermo-resistor 2-wire-sensor

3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3

Thermo-resistor 3-wire-sensor

All Pin assignments without external supply of the sensors.

Pin assignment output module

3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3

Current output

3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3

Voltage output

All Pin assignments without external supply of the sensors.

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 3 a

1 2

4 3

5

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L + ( D C 2 4 V )

P i n 2 : 

P i n 3 : S u p p l y M ( g r o u n d )

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

A l l p i n a s s i g n m e n t s a r e s h o w n w i t h o u t

e x t e r n a l s e n s o r s u p p l y .

m a x 5 0 m A f o r b o t h c h a n n e l s f r o m

P i n 1 a n d P i n 3 .

n +

n 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 4 b

1 2

4 3

5

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L + ( D C 2 4 V )

P i n 2 : 

P i n 3 : S u p p l y M ( g r o u n d )

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

A l l p i n a s s i g n m e n t s a r e s h o w n w i t h o u t

e x t e r n a l s e n s o r s u p p l y .

m a x 5 0 m A f o r b o t h c h a n n e l s f r o m

P i n 1 a n d P i n 3 .

n 

n +

B r i d g e f r o m t o M ( 3 )

c a n b e s e t i n t e n a l l y v i a

p a r a m e t e r i s a t i o n

n 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 7 a

1 2

4 3

5

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L + ( D C 2 4 V )

P i n 2 : 

P i n 3 : S u p p l y M ( g r o u n d )

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

A l l p i n a s s i g n m e n t s a r e s h o w n w i t h o u t

e x t e r n a l s e n s o r s u p p l y .

m a x 5 0 m A f o r b o t h c h a n n e l s f r o m

P i n 1 a n d P i n 3 .

n +

n 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 8 a

1 2

4 3

5P t 1 0 0

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 : I N + 

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 : I N 

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

A l l p i n a s s i g n m e n t s a r e s h o w n w i t h o u t

e x t e r n a l s e n s o r s u p p l y .

m a x 5 0 m A f o r b o t h c h a n n e l s f r o m

P i n 1 a n d P i n 3 .

c o n s t +

c o n s t 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 5 b

1 2

4 3

5P t 1 0 0

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 : 

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

A l l p i n a s s i g n m e n t s a r e s h o w n w i t h o u t

e x t e r n a l s e n s o r s u p p l y .

m a x 5 0 m A f o r b o t h c h a n n e l s f r o m

P i n 1 a n d P i n 3 .

n +

n 

c o n s t +

c o n s t 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 9 a

1 2

4 3

5 P t 1 0 0

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 : S u p p l y L +



P i n 3 :

P i n 4 : S u p p l y L  ( g r o u n d )

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

m e a s +

m e a s 

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 1 6

12

43

5

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 2 0

1 2

4 3

5

P i n 5 : C a b l e s h i e l d

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/74

AS-Interface Slaves

Pneumatic I/O modules

I/O modules for operation in the field

6

■

Overview

All pneumatic I/O modules must now be ordered directly from

the manufacturer (Fa. Kuhnke). An order via Siemens is no

longer possible.

Order informationen of Kuhnke GmbH

Module groupe Module type Siemens Order No. Kuhnke order code Ordering adress

Pneumatic compact module K60

4 inputs

2 outputs

monostable

Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0MT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-GE-MO Kuhnke GmbH

Lütjenburger Str. 101

D-23714 Malente

Tel.

x49-4523-402-386

Fax.

x49-4523-402-481

E-mail:

sales@kuhnke.de

Contact person:

Mr Pöhls

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector 3RK 1408-0MT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-GE-MO

Exhaust air via sintered filter

valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1MT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-SW-MO

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector

valve supply via U aux

3RK 1408-1MT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-SW-MO

Pneumatic compact module K60

4 inputs

2 outputs

bistable

Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0CT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-GE-BI

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector 3RK 1408-0CT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-GE-BI

Exhaust air via sintered filter

valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1CT00-0CA0 AirBox K-F-SW-BI

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector

valve supply via U aux

3RK 1408-1CT01-0CA0 AirBox K-S-SW-BI

Pneumatic application module

2 inputs

2 outputs

monostable

Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0BT00-0CA0 AirBox 1-F-GE-MO

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector 3RK 1408-0BT01-0CA0 AirBox 1-S-GE-MO

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector

with stainless-steel compo-

nents and Viton seals

3RK 1408-0BT03-0CA0 AirBox 1-S-GE-MO-VA

Exhaust air via sintered filter

recessed hand operation 3RK 1408-0BT02-0CA0 AirBox 1-F-GE-MO-GH

Pneumatic application module

2 2 inputs

2 outputs

monostable

Exhaust air via sintered filter

recessed hand operation

valve supply via U aux

3RK 1408-1BT02-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-SW-MO-GH

Exhaust air via sintered filter 3RK 1408-0MT02-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-GE-MO

Exhaust air via plug-in con-

nector 3RK 1408-0MT03-0CA0 AirBox 32-S-GE-MO

Exhaust air via sintered filter

valve supply via U aux 3RK 1408-1BT00-0CA0 AirBox 32-F-SW-MO

Exhaust air via plug-in

connector

valve supply via U aux

3RK 1408-1BT01-0CA0 AirBox 32-S-SW-MO

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/75

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

Introduction

6

■

Overview

SlimLine S22.5/S45

Flat module

Module F90

For AS-Interface applications in the switchgear cabinet, various

module series are available for different requirements:

• SlimLine S22.5

• SlimLine S45

• Module F90

• Flat module

All modules of these series can be directly snapped onto stan-

dard rails or fixed with screws.

AS-Interface modules to the degree of protection IP20 have ter-

minals for direct connection to the AS-Interface cables and

therefore do not require a base unit.

1) For further information about these modules, see Section Actuator-Sensor-Interface / Modules with special functions / Counter modules

Series Range Mounting on 35 mm

standard rails to

DINEN50022

Wall mounting using

push-in lugs

(Order No.: 3RP1 903)

Other

possibilities

SlimLine S22.5 •4I

•4O

• 2I/2O (electronic/relay outputs)

• Counter 1)

• Earth fault detection module

• • –

SlimLine S45 • 4I/4O (electronic/relay outputs)

• 4I/4O with floating I/O

• 4I/3O (A/B modules)

• • –

Module F90 • 4I/4O (screw terminals)

• 4I/4O (connected via Combicon

connector)

• 16I

• – –

Flat module • 4I/4O (screw terminals)

• (encapsulated and embedded

PCB)

– – Integrated tags

for screw fixing

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/76

AS-Interface Slaves

Introduction

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Function

Addressing

All modules of the Slimline S22.5, S45 and F90 series as well as

the flat module can be addressed via an integrated addressing

socket also in the mounted state. An addressing unit is therefore

necessary (AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit 3RK1

904-2AB01).

LED diagnostics indication

SlimLine Series

AS-Interface modules of the SlimLine Series have, in addition to

status indicators for inputs and outputs, two LEDs for indicating

the status of the module.

1) No LED for 3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2, 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 and 3RK1 100-0CE00-0AA2.

F90 module (16I)

All modules of this series have, in addition to status indicators for

inputs and outputs, one LED to indicate the status of the AS-In-

terface voltage.

Flat module and F90 module (4I/4O)

The flat module and F90 module with four inputs and four out-

puts have a dual LED for diagnostics functions.

LED

AUX PWR1)

AS-Interface

FAULT

NSA0_00318

States

Off Off

Off

OffOff Off

Status description

On

On On On

On On

On

Flashing

Flashing

Sensor overload with RESET of slaves

Slave has address = 0

No communication:

 Master in STOP mode

 Slave not entered in the LPS

 Slave has wrong IO&D code

 Slave in RESET state

Module completely without voltage

UAux failure Normal operation and

UAux applied

LED

AS-Interface

NSA0_00319

AS-Interface voltage not applied

AS-Interface voltage applied

States

Off

Status description

On

LED

AUX PWR

AS-i / FAULT

NSA0_00313

States

Off Off

Off

Status description

Sensor overload with RESET of slaves

Slave has address = 0

No communication:

 Master in STOP mode

 Slave not entered in the LPS

 Slave has wrong IO&D code

 Slave in RESET state

Module completely without voltage

UAux failure

Normal operation and UAux applied

On

On On On Flashing Flashing

Flashing

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/77

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Overview

SlimLine modules of Series S22.5 and S45

The AS-Interface module series for the "SlimLine“ control cabinet

to the degree of protection IP20 creates space in the control

cabinet or in the distributed on-site control box.

The emphasis of this module series is on its slim design. The

modules are 22.5 mm or 45 mm in width.

Via screw-type or Cage Clamp terminals, standard sensors/

actuators and the AS-Interface cable can be connected.

Integrated adapters allow the modules to be mounted on stan-

dard rails. Deinstallation from the standard rail is quick and easy

without the need for tools.

The modules can also be screwed in place by an additional

accessory.

All modules have LEDs on the front which indicate the status of

the module.

An addressing socket built into the front allows addresses to be

assigned in the installed state.

Apart from the digital input and output modules, modules with

special functions are also available in S22.5 format. These in-

clude:

• Counter module

• Earth fault detection module

For further information on these modules, see the Section

AS-Interface / Modules with Special Functions.

■

Design

Removable terminals

The removable terminal is the innovative connection technique

from Siemens for AS-Interface SlimLine modules of the S22.5

and S45 Series. The complete terminal block can be quickly and

easily dismantled and reassembled. It is not necessary to dis-

connect the terminals during this process.

Note

• The devices will be converted from 2004 and will be available

under the same order number.

• Before the terminal block is removed, the device must be dis-

connected from the supply.

Features

•Well-proven terminal system

The complete ease of handling for connecting wires is retained

in the design of the new removable terminals. The familiar con-

ductor cross sections can continue to be used.

•Variable connection techniques

All modules are available with screw-type or Cage Clamp ter-

minals.

•Coding

The terminal blocks cannot be mistakenly interchanged thanks

to coding (EN50178).

•Secured against detachment and vibration

The terminal blocks are latched into the housing. The terminal

blocks can be removed using a screwdriver VDE0100T410

(IEC-4-41). Inadvertent removal is therefore not possible.

•Safety against finger touch

Even in the removed state, the contacts of the modules are safe

against finger touch according to DIN 61140(IEC 60529).

•Labeling

All terminal connections are labelled on the terminal block

which makes preassembly possible.

NSA0_00363

Removeable

terminal blocks

Contact

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/78

AS-Interface Slaves

SlimLine

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Design (continued)

Releasing removable terminals

Step 1: Release latch using a screwdriver

Step 2: Pull terminal forwards

Step 3: Lift off terminal

Locking removable terminals

Push terminal backwards until latch snaps into place

Customer benefits

• Quick replacement of the basic unit minimizes service costs

and reduces downtimes

• Mistakes are avoided during replacement thanks to coding of

the terminals

• Preassembly is possible without the device

• Safety to finger touch during replacement

• The ease of connection with screw-type and Cage Clamp ter-

minals is fully retained

■

Technical specifications

Technical specifications common to all SlimLine modules

NSA0_00364

NSA0_00365

NSA0_00366a

NSA0_00367a

CLICK

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Input connection PNP

AS-Interface certificate Available (or under application in

the case of new products)

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building (or under

application in the case of new

products)

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Status indications

• I/O display Yellow LED

• AS-i display Green LED

• FAULT display Red LED

Note To supply the output circuit,

an external supplementary

supply (AUX POWER)

of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must

comply with VDE 0106 (PELV),

Safety Class III.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/79

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

SlimLine S22.5

4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs new

Screw-type connection Screw-type connection Screw-type connection

Standard slave Standard slave A/B slave

2-wire 2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire

3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2

Total current input in mA 50 270 270

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short circuit and overload

withstand capability Short circuit and overload

withstand capability Short circuit and overload

withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA -- 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2-wire system 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

I/O configuration 0 0 0

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F A/0

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1 IN1 IN1

•Data bit D1 IN2 IN2 IN2

•Data bit D2 IN3 IN3 IN3

•Data bit D3 IN4 IN4 IN4

Connection Via screw terminal Via screw terminal Via screw terminal

4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs new

Spring-loaded connection Spring-loaded connection Spring-loaded connection

Standard slave Standard slave A/B slave

2-wire 2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire

3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2

Total current input in mA 50 270 270

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA -- 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2-wire system 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

I/O configuration 0 0 0

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F A/0

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1 IN1 IN1

•Data bit D1 IN2 IN2 IN2

•Data bit D2 IN3 IN3 IN3

•Data bit D3 IN4 IN4 IN4

Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Note Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/80

AS-Interface Slaves

SlimLine

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

2 inputs/2 outputs 2 inputs/2 outputs 2 inputs/2 outputs

Screw-type connection Screw-type connection Spring-loaded connection

Standard slave Standard slave Standard slave

2-wire 2-wire 2-wire

PNP transistor (2 A) Relay PNP transistor (2 A)

3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2

Total current input in mA 50 50 50

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload with-

stand capability Short-circuit and overload with-

stand capability Short-circuit and overload with-

stand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA -- -- --

• Connection of sensors 2-wire system 2-wire system 2-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output PNP transistor Relay PNP transistor

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 2-- 2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4-- 4

• Short-circuit protection Built-in External back-up fuse Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in Not applicable Built-in

• Polarity reversal protection Not built-in Not applicable Not built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Via terminals:

Terminal 7 = "+“

Terminal 10 = "-“

Not applicable Via terminals:

Ter mi nal 7 ="+“

Ter mi nal 10 = "-“

•I

th -- 6--

•AC-15 -- 3--

•DC 13 24 V -- 1--

• DC 13 110 V -- 0.2 --

• DC 13 230 V -- 0.1 --

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 3 3 3

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1 IN1 IN1

•Data bit D1 IN2 IN2 IN2

•Data bit D2 OUT1 OUT1 OUT1

•Data bit D3 OUT2 OUT2 OUT2

Connection Screw terminals Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2-- -- Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Note -- -- Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See accessories

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/81

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

2 inputs/2 outputs 4 outputs 4 outputs

Spring-loaded connection Screw-type connection Spring-loaded connection

Standard slave Standard slave Standard slave

2-wire -- --

Relay PNP transistor (1 A) PNP transistor (1 A)

3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2 3RK1 100–1CE00–0AA2 3RK1 100–1CG00–0AA2

Total current input in mA 50 40 40

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload with-

stand capability -- --

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 -- --

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA -- -- --

• Connection of sensors 2-wire system -- --

• Switching level High in V 10 -- --

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 -- --

Outputs

• Type of output Relay

changeover, floating Electronics (PNP) Electronics (PNP)

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. -- 1 1

• Maximum summation current

per module in A -- 2 2

• Short-circuit protection External back-up fuse necessary Built-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Not applicable Built-in Built-in

• Polarity reversal protection Not applicable Built-in Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Not applicable Via screw terminals

Terminal 7 ="+"

Terminal 10 = M

Via screw terminals

Ter mi nal 7 ="+"

Ter mi nal 10 = M

•Ith 6-- --

•AC-15 3-- --

•DC 13 24 V 1-- --

• DC 13 110 V 0.2 -- --

• DC 13 230 V 0.1 -- --

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 3 8 8

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1 OUT1 OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2 OUT2 OUT2

•Data bit D2 OUT1 OUT3 OUT3

•Data bit D3 OUT2 OUT4 OUT4

Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Screw terminals Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

-- Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Note Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

-- Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/82

AS-Interface Slaves

SlimLine

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

SlimLine S45

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs

Screw-type connection Screw-type connection Screw-type connection

Standard slave Standard slave Standard slave

2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire (floating)

PNP transistor (1 A) PNP transistor (2 A) PNP transistor (1 A) floating

3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2 3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2 3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2

Total current input in mA 270 270 40

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA 200 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics Electronics Electronics

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 2 1

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4 4 4

• Short-circuit protection Built-in Built-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in Built-in Built-in

• Polarity reversal protection Built-in Built-in Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Terminal 13 = L24+

Terminal 19 = M24 Terminal 13 = L24+

Terminal 19 = M24 Sensor supply:

Ter mi nal 13 = U_s+

Ter mi nal 19 = U_s–

Actuator supply:

Terminal 14 = L+

Terminals 20 to 24 = M

•Ith -- -- --

•AC-15 -- -- --

•DC 13 24 V -- -- --

• DC 13 110 V -- -- --

• DC 13 230 V -- -- --

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 7 7 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4

Connection Via screw terminal Via screw terminal Via screw terminal

Note -- -- The module has four floating inputs

and four floating switching outputs.

For the input and output circuits, an

external additional supply of 20 to

30 V according to VDE 0106 (PELV)

Safety Class III is required.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/83

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs

Screw-type connection Spring-loaded connection Spring-loaded connection

Standard slave Standard slave Standard slave

2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire

Relay PNP transistor (1 A) PNP transistor (2 A)

3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2 3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2 3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2

Total current input in mA 270 270 270

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability Short-circuit and overload

withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA 200 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Relay Electronics Electronics

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. -- 1 2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A -- 4 4

• Short-circuit protection External back-up fuse 6 A gL/gG Built-in No (internal

fusible link)

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Not applicable -- --

• Polarity reversal protection -- Built-in Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Not applicable Terminal 13 = L24+

Terminal 19 = M24 Terminal 13 = L24+

Ter mi nal 19 = M24

•Ith 5-- --

•AC-15 3-- --

•DC 13 24 V 1-- --

• DC 13 110 V 0.2 -- --

• DC 13 230 V 0.1 -- --

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 7 7 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4

Connection Via screw terminal Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2-- Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve:

2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid

or stranded: AWG 2 (24–16)

Note -- Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Disassembly tool for spring-

loaded terminal connection:

See "Accessories"

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/84

AS-Interface Slaves

SlimLine

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs

Spring-loaded connection Spring-loaded connection

Standard slave Standard slave

2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor (1 A) Relay

3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2 3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2

Total current input in mA 40 270

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload withstand capability Short-circuit and overload withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics Relay

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1--

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4--

• Short-circuit protection Built-in External back-up fuse 6 A gL/gG

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in Not applicable

• Polarity reversal protection Built-in Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Sensor supply:

Terminal 13 = U_s+

Terminal 19 = U_s–

Actuator supply:

Terminal 14 = L+

Terminals 20 to 24 = M

Not applicable

•Ith -- 5

•AC-15 -- 3

•DC 13 24 V -- 1

• DC 13 110 V -- 0.2

• DC 13 230 V -- 0.1

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 7 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4

Connection Spring-loaded terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid or stranded:

AWG 2 (24–16)

Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid or stranded:

AWG 2 (24–16)

Note 1 Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal

connection: See "Accessories" Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal

connection: See "Accessories"

Note 2 The module has four floating inputs and four

floating switching outputs. For the input and output

circuits, an external additional supply of 20 to 30 V

according to VDE 0106 (PELV) Safety Class III is

required.

--

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/85

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/ 3 outputs 4 inputs/ 3 outputs

Screw-type connection Spring-loaded connection

A/B slave A/B slave

2- and 3-wire 2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor (2 A) PNP transistor (2 A)

3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2

Total current input in mA 270 270

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload withstand capability Short-circuit and overload withstand capability

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity

for sensor supply in mA 200 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics Electronics

• Current carrying capacity

per output in A DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 2 2

• Maximum summation current

per module in A 4 4

• Short-circuit protection Built-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in Built-in

• Polarity reversal protection Built-in Built-in

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Terminal 13 = L24+

Terminal 19 = M24 Terminal 13 = L24+

Terminal 19 = M24

•Ith -- --

•AC-15 -- --

•DC 13 24 V -- --

• DC 13 110 V -- --

• DC 13 230 V -- --

• Watchdog Built-in Built-in

I/O configuration 7 7

ID/ID2 code A/0 A/0

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4 IN4

Connection Via screw terminal Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2-- Solid: 2 (0.25–1.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1)

Finely stranded without end sleeve: 2 (0.25–1.5)

AWG conductor connections solid or stranded:

AWG 2 (24–16)

Note -- Disassembly tool for spring-loaded terminal

connection: See "Accessories"

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/86

AS-Interface Slaves

SlimLine

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

SlimLine S22.5

3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2

SlimLine S22.5 module

Inputs: PNP transistor

Type Connection

terminals Slave

type Inputs Outputs

4 inputs Screw-type Standard 2-wire --

3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2

2- and 3-wire

3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2

A/B slave 2- and 3-wire

3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2

Cage Clamp Standard 2-wire --

3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2

2- and 3-wire

3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2

A/B slave 2- and 3-wire

3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2

2 inputs/2 outputs Screw-type Standard 2-wire PNP transistor

2 A

3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2

Relay

3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2

Cage Clamp Standard 2-wire PNP transistor

2 A

3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2

Relay

3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2

4 outputs Screw-type Standard -- PNP transistor

1 A

3RK1 100-1CE00-0AA2

Cage Clamp Standard -- PNP transistor

1 A

3RK1 100-1CG00-0AA2

SlimLine S45

3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2

SlimLine S45 module

Inputs: PNP transistor

Type Connection

terminals Slave

type Inputs Outputs

4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type Standard 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor

1 A

3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2

PNP transistor

2 A

3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2

2- and 3-wire

floating PNP transistor

1 A

floating

3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2

2- and 3-wire Relay

3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2

Cage Clamp Standard 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor

1 A

3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2

PNP transistor

2 A

3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2

2- and 3-wire

floating PNP transistor

1 A floating

3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2

2- and 3-wire Relay

3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2

4 inputs/ 3 outputs Screw-type A/B slaves 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor

2 A

3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2

Cage Clamp A/B slaves 2- and 3-wire PNP transistor

2 A

3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2

Accessories

Sealable cap

For protection against unauthorized addressing

3RP1 902

Plug-in lugs

For screw mounting

3RP1 903

SlimLine opening tool

For all units with Cage Clamp terminals

up to max. 1.5 mm2 conductor cross-section

partly insulated

8WA2 807

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/87

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

SlimLine

6

■

Dimensional drawings

SlimLine S22.5

SlimLine S45

■

Schematics

Typical circuit diagram for SlimLine S22.5

3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2

3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2

Typical circuit diagram for SlimLine S45

4 7

45

NSB0_01412

102

536

65

86

A

C

68

92

Standard terminal Removeable terminal

Screw-type terminal

Spring-type terminal

A

84 108

C

83 106

A

84.3 107.6

C

81 104

N S B 0 _ 0 1 4 1 3

A

B

C

7 4

8 6

5

3 6

1 2 0

1 1 0 x 1 5

6 8

4 7

2 2 , 5

4 7

45

NSB0_01412

102

536

65

86

A

C

68

92

Standard terminal Removeable terminal

Screw-type terminal

Spring-type terminal

A

84 108

C

83 106

A

84.3 107.6

C

81 104

N 2

N 3

N 4

A S - i

A D D R

++

N 3 N 4

A S - i -

A S - i + N 1 N 2

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 7

+ +

N 1

A S - i -

A S - i +

O U T

123

456

789

1 0 1 1 1 2

+

A d d r e s s i n g

s o c k e t

L E D ' s f o r c o m m u n i c a t i o n

L E D ' s f o r i n p u t s 1 - 4

2 - w i r e

s e n s o r

N 2

N 3

N 4

A S - i

A D D R

++

I N 3 I N 4

A S - i -

A S - i + N 1 N 2

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 8

- +

N 1

123

456

789

1 0 1 1 1 2

-

-

O U T

+

-

3 - w i r e

s e n s o r

A S - i - + + + +

-

1 4 5 6

23

7 1 0 1 1 1 2

89

A S - i + I N 1 I N 2 I N 3 I N 4

-

1 3 1 6 1 7 1 8

1 4 1 5

1 9 2 2 2 3 2 4

2 0 2 1

M 2 4 - - - -

L 2 4 + O U T 1 O U T 2 O U T 3 O U T 4

A S - i

I N 1

I N 2

O U T 1

O U T 2

I N 3

I N 4

O U T 3

O U T 4

A D D R

A U X P O W E R

O U T

+

S e n s o r 3 - L ( P N P )

-

O U T

+

S e n s o r 2 - L ( P N P )

-

+

-

A U X P O W E R 2 4 V D C +

-

A S - i -

A S - i +

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 2 9

L E D ' s f o r i n p u t 3 - 4

L E D A U X P O W E R

a v a i l a b l e

L E D ' s f o r o u t p u t s 3 - 4

C o n s u m e r

M e c h a n i c a l

s w i t c h e s

A d d r e s s i n g s o c k e t

L E D ' s f o r c o m m u n i c a t i o n

L E D ' s f o r i n p u t 1 - 2

L E D ' s f o r o u t p u t s 1 - 2

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/88

AS-Interface Slaves

Module F90

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Function

Principle of operation of the 16E module (3RG9 002-0DE00

and 3RG9 004-0DE00)

The 16 inputs are arranged in four groups of four inputs.

Only one group is permitted to be activated at a time. The PLC

activates each group in sequence and reads the four input sig-

nals into the process image of the inputs in each case. The user

program assigns the input information to the appropriate

groups, i .e. the output process image of the PLC must corre-

spond to the set output of the module otherwise input information

will be read in from the wrong group.

When a fault occurs in AS-i transmission, it can take up to three

AS-i cycles (15 ms) until the output image of the slave corre-

sponds to the output image of the master and therefore of the

PLC. It can also take three cycles to transfer the input image of

the slave. If messages to a particular slave are faulty over more

than three consecutive AS-i cycles, the slave outputs a "Config

error" to the master. The input image in the master is set to zeroes

and the fault bit is set in the PLC.

Example: Response of the output image and the input image

in the master and in the slave to faulty AS-Interface transfer

The example shows that the output image and input image are

not consistent in the master and slave until six AS-Interface

cycles have elapsed. The PLC cycle is not synchronous with the

AS-Interface cycle. For this reason, the time that must elapse be-

fore the output image and input image of the master and PLC are

consistent is extended by one AS-Interface cycle and one PLC

cycle respectively.

Formula for the cycle time:

4 · ((6 · 5 ms) + 5 ms + 10 ms) =180 ms

Note 1:

The following function blocks (FBs) are available for

sequence control:

•FB 21 (E16-2433) for the AS-Interface master CP2433

(S5-95 U)

•FB 22 (E16-2430) for the AS-Interface master CP2430

(S5-115 U)

•FC 22 for S7

At least 30 ms must elapse between two function block calls for

a module to ensure that the switching status of the inputs can be

reliably read.

Note 2:

Programming examples can be requested from out

Technical Support, Tel. (+49 91 31) 74 38 33, or down-

loaded from the Internet:

Additional information is available from in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/as-interface

NSA0_00321

AS-

Inter-

face-

cycle

PLC Master Module Note

PIQ PII QI QI II

1000 xxxx

1 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx xxxx xxxx fault in MC or SR

2 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx xxxx xxxx fault in MC or SR

3 1000 xxxx 0111 EEEE 1000 EEEE I invalid because of

switchover time in modu

4 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx 1000 EEEE fault in MC or SR

5 1000 xxxx 0111 xxxx 1000 EEEE fault in MC or SR

6 1000 xxxx 0111 EEEE 1000 EEEE no fault in MC or SR

1000 EEEE 0111

Legend:

QI Output image

II Input image

MC Master call

PIQ Process image of the outputs

PII Process image of the inputs

SR Slave response

PLC Programmable logic controller

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/89

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

Module F90

6

■

Technical specifications

4 inputs/4 outputs

1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A

screw-type terminals Combicon connection

3RG9 002-0DB00 3RG9 002-0DA00 3RG9 004-0DB00 3RG9 004-0DA00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 270

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Load rating for sensor supply in

mA 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Current carrying capacity in A

DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 1 2 1 2

• Total current of all outputs in A 4 6 4 6

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External voltage supply 24 V DC Built-in via terminal screws Built-in via Combicon male connector

Watchdog Built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Displays

• Inputs/outputs Yellow LEDs

• AS-I voltage Green LED

Connection Via screw terminal Via Combicon pin connector

Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used

Note To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/90

AS-Interface Slaves

Module F90

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

4 inputs/4 outputs

2 A, floating

screw-type terminals Combicon connection

3RG9 002-0DC00 3RG9 004-0DC00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 30

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Load rating for all inputs in mA 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Current carrying capacity in A

DC 12 / DC 13 typ. 2

• Total current of all outputs in A 6

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External voltage supply 24 V DC Via screw terminal Via Combicon pin connector

Watchdog Built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID/ID2 code 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Displays

• Inputs/outputs Yellow LED

• AS-i voltage Green LED

Connection Via screw terminal Via Combicon pin connector

Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used

Note 1 The module has four floating inputs and four floating switching outputs. For the input and output circuits,

an external additional supply of 20 to 30 V according to VDE 0106 (PELV) safety class III is required.

Note 2 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III.

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/91

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

Module F90

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

16 inputs

Screw-type terminals Combicon connection

Transistor PNP

3RG9 002-0DE00 3RG9 004-0DE00

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 70

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Connection of sensors Mechanical contacts

•Signal 1 Uin 20 to 30 V 3 mA

Group signal

• Current carrying capacity Iout 25 mA

• Output voltage Uout 20 to 30 V

Watchdog Built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID/ID2 code F/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 Group signal G1 (D0)

Inputs I 1.1 to I 1.4 (D0 to D3)

•Data bit D1 Group signal G2 (D1)

Inputs I 2.1 to I 2.4 (D0 to D3)

•Data bit D2 Group signal G3 (D2)

Inputs I 3.1 to I 3.4 (D0 to D3)

•Data bit D3 Group signal G4 (D3)

Inputs I 4.1 to I 4.4 (D0 to D3)

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Displays

• Inputs/outputs Yellow LED

Connection Via screw terminal Via Combicon pin connector

Addressing An integrated addressing socket can be used

Note 1 The module has four input groups. Each input group has four inputs and one group signal for power supply

of the inputs. The input groups are activated separately, whereby the relevant group signal is set by the control.

Then the switching states of the associated inputs are read in.

Note 2 Function block required

Note 3 To supply the output circuit, an external supplementary supply (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is necessary.

The supplementary supply must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), safety class III.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/92

AS-Interface Slaves

Module F90

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

■

Schematics

Terminal assignment

3RG9 002-0D.00

3RG9 004-0D.00

3RG9 002-0DE00

3RG9 004-0DE00

Design

Order No.

3RG9 002-0DB00

F90 module

Standard slave

Type Connection Inputs Outputs

4 inputs/4 outputs Screw-type terminals 2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor PNP transistor

1A

3RG9 002-0DB00

PNP transistor

2A

3RG9 002-0DA00

2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor

floating

3RG9 002-0DC00

Combicon 2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor PNP transistor

1A

3RG9 004-0DB00

PNP transistor

2A

3RG9 004-0DA00

2- and 3-wire

PNP transistor

floating

3RG9 004-0DC00

16 inputs Screw-type terminals PNP transistor --

3RG9 002-0DE00

Combicon

3RG9 004-0DE00

Accessories

Combicon connector set

For 4I/4O modules with Combicon connection

One set comprises:

• 4 x 5-pin connector for connecting

• Standard sensors/actuators

• 2 x 4-pin connector for AS-Interface and external auxiliary voltage

3RX9 810-0AA00

9 0

7 5

3 7

N S A 0 0 0 7 4

S I E M E N S

L + L + L - L - E 0 A

UH I I N 1 O U T 1 I N 2 O U T 2

E 0 A

E

0A

O U T 4 I N 4

E

0A

O U T 3 I N 3A S - i

3

2 1

N S A 0 0 0 7 5

1 2 4 7

5 6 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4

1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 2 2 3 2 6

2 4 2 5 2 7 2 8

++

++

++

____

_

_

I 1 . 1

A S - i

75 6 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4

G 1 I 1 . 2 I 1 . 3 I 1 . 4

1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8

I 2 . 1G 2 I 2 . 2 I 2 . 3 I 2 . 4

I 3 . 1

2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8

G 3 I 3 . 2 I 3 . 3 I 3 . 4 I 4 . 1G 4 I 4 . 2 I 4 . 3 I 4 . 4

1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 6

++

_

_

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/93

AS-Interface Slaves

I/O modules for operation in IP20 control cabinet

Flat module

6

■

Technical Specifications

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

Flat module

4 input/4 outputs

200 mA for all I/Os

screw-type terminals

3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 270

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Load rating for all inputs in mA 200

• Connection of sensors 2- and 3-wire system

• Switching level High in V 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 1.5 / 5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Current carrying capacity in mA

(DC 12 / DC 13) 200

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• External voltage supply DC 24 V Not required

(all inputs and outputs are sup-

plied via the AS-Interface cable)

Flat module

4 input/4 outputs

200 mA for all I/Os

screw-type terminals

3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3

Watchdog Built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID/ID2 code F/F

Assignment of data bits

• Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1

• Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2

• Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3

• Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Displays inputs/outputs

• AS-i voltage / FAULT Green LED / red LED

Connection Via screw terminal

Addressing Via an integrated addressing

socket

Design

Order No.

3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3

Flat module

4 input/4 outputs

200 mA for all I/O

screw terminals

3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3

n . c .

O U T 3

-

1 8 , 5

1 3 , 5

7 , 5

8 1 , 5

7 9 , 8

1 6 , 5

O U T 1

-

A S i +

n . c .

O U T 4

-

O U T 2

A S i -

-

+

I N 3 I N 4

+

-

-

++

I N 1 I N 2

--

4

4 7 , 5

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 7 7 a

7 2 , 5

I n t e g r a t e d

a d d r e s s

s o c k e t

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/94

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface communication modules

Special integrated solutions

6

■

Overview

AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board

mounting 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to

four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby

the power is supplied from the AS-i system (yellow AS-Interface

cable).

Note: If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will not

respond to master calls. Up to 15 addressing procedures are

permitted per module.

AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board

mounting 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3

The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to

four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby

the power is supplied for the inputs and outputs from the auxil-

iary supply (24 V PELV). If (+) is connected to UAux + and (NC)

is connected to UAux -, the outputs will not be short-circuit and

overload proof; if UAux is connected to (0), the outputs will be

overload and short-circuit proof (maximum summation current

200 mA). If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will

not respond to master calls.

AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board

mounting 3RG9 005-0SA00

The 4I/4O module for PCB mounting can be used to scan up to

four mechanical contacts or to activate up to four LEDs, whereby

the power is supplied for the inputs and outputs from the auxil-

iary supply (24 V PELV). If (+) is connected to UAux + and (NC)

is connected to UAux -, the outputs will not be short-circuit and

overload proof; if UAux is connected to (0), the outputs will be

overload and short-circuit proof (maximum summation current

200 mA). If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module will

not respond to master calls.

+

A S I 

A S I +

N S A0_00078a

P R O G

N C

+

I N 1

O U T 1

0

I N 2

O U T 2

0

I N 3

O U T 3

0

I N 4

O U T 4

0

U

+

N S A0_00079a

H i l f

N C

+

I N 1

O U T 1

0

I N 2

O U T 2

0

I N 3

O U T 3

0

I N 4

O U T 4

0

+

A S I 

A S I +

U

+

N S A0_00080a

H i l f

N C

+

I N 1

O U T 1

0

I N 2

O U T 2

0

I N 3

O U T 3

0

I N 4

O U T 4

0

+

A S I -

A S I +

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/95

AS-Interface Slaves

Special integrated solutions

AS-Interface communication modules

6

■

Overview (continued)

AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board

mounting 3RK1400-1CD00-0AA2

1) Note: For pad numbering, see the Section Dimensional Drawings

Via the 4I/4O module for PCB mounting, up to four mechanical

switches or 3-wire sensors to IEC 947-5-2 can be connected or

indicator lamps can be controlled, whereby the short-circuit-

proof electronic switching outputs are supplied from an auxiliary

voltage (24 V PELV).

It is mounted easily via a "Card edge board-to-board-connec-

tor“. This can be ordered, for example, from the company AMP

for vertical and horizontal mounting:

• 180° version for vertical mounting (from AMP):

Order No. 530843-2

• 90° version for horizontal mounting (from AMP):

Order No. 650118-1

If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module will

not respond to master calls.

AS-Interface communication module for circuit-board

mounting 3RK1200-0CD00-0AA2

1) Note: For pad numbering, see the Section Dimensional Drawings

Via the 4I module for PCB mounting, up to four mechanical

switches or 3-wire sensors can be connected, whereby the in-

puts are supplied from the AS-Interface cable.

It is mounted easily via a "Card edge board-to-board connector“.

This can be ordered for example from the company AMP for ver-

tical and horizontal mounting:

• 180° version for vertical mounting (from AMP):

Order No. 530843-2

• 90° version for horizontal mounting (from AMP):

Order No. 650118-1

If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module will

not respond to master calls.

Connection Connection pad 1)

ASi+ 27, 29

ASi- 28, 30

Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24

Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20

IN1 21

IN2 22

IN3 15

IN4 16

U Aux + (L24+) 2, 4

U Aux - (M24) 1, 3

OUT1 9

OUT2 10

OUT3 5

OUT4 6

OUT- 7, 8

Unused 11, 12, 25, 26

Connection Connection pad 1)

ASi+ 27, 29

ASi- 28, 30

Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24

Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20

IN1 21

IN2 22

IN3 15

IN4 16

Unused 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,

10, 11, 12, 25, 26

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/96

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface communication modules

Special integrated solutions

6

■

Technical specifications

4 inputs / 4 outputs 4 inputs

I/O supply via AS-

Interface cable

(max. 200 mA)

I/O supply via external auxiliary voltage

(24 V PELV) Supply of outputs

via external

auxiliary voltage

(24 V PELV)

-

Printed-circuit

board with solder

pins protected by

housing

Printed-circuit

board with solder

pins protected by

housing

Printed-circuit

board for horizon-

tal mounting

Printed-circuit board with gold-plated

direct connector for 30-pin male multi-

point connector for easy mounting with

a direct connector

3RK1 400-0CD00-

0AA3 3RK1 400-0CD01-

0AA3 3RG9 005-0SA00 3RK1 400-1CD00-

0AA2 3RK1 200-0CD00-

0AA2

Slave type Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves Standard slaves

Operating voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 270 25 25 270 270

Input connection PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply Via AS-Interface Via UAux Via UAux Via AS-Interface

cable Via AS-Interface

cable

• Switching voltage V 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30 20 to 30

• Switching current in mA 3 3 3 – –

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics Electronics Electronics Electronics –

• Load voltage in V 20 to 30 19 to 30 19 to 30 U Aux - 0.8 V –

• Short-circuit protection Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in –

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) –––Built-in (free-wheel-

ing diode) –

• External 24 V DC supply voltage Via solder pins Via solder pins Via solder pins Via circuit board

contacts –

Summation current for all inputs

and outputs in mA 200 200 200 200 200

I/O configuration 77770

ID/ID2 code 0/F 0/F 0/F 0/F 0/F

Assignment of data bits

•Data bit D0 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1 IN1/OUT1 IN1

•Data bit D1 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2 IN2/OUT2 IN2

•Data bit D2 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3 IN3/OUT3 IN3

•Data bit D3 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4 IN4/OUT4 IN4

Approvals UL, CSA,

ship building UL, CSA,

ship building UL, CSA,

ship building – –

Degree of protection Enclosure IP20

Connection pins

IP00

Enclosure IP20

Connection pins

IP00

IP00 IP00 IP00

Ambient temperature in °C –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70 –25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C –40 to +80 –40 to +80 –40 to +80 –40 to +85 –40 to +85

Display Not available Not available Not available AS-i: green

Fault: red

I/O: yellow

L24+: green

AS-i: green

Fault: red

inputs: yellow

LED status displays –––AS-i

On

On

Flashing

On

Fault

Off

On

On

Flashing

Status

O.K.

No data traffic

Null address

Overload (sensor)

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/97

AS-Interface Slaves

Special integrated solutions

AS-Interface communication modules

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3

3RG9 005-0SA00

3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2

3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2

Pad numbering rear side: 29, 27, 25, to , 5, 3, 1

Pad numbering rear side: 30, 28, 26, to , 6, 4, 2

Design

Order No.

3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

3RG9 005-0SA00

4 inputs / 4 outputs

• I/O supply via AS-Interface cable (max. 200 mA)

Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by a housing

3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

• I/O supply via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)

- Printed-circuit board with solder pins protected by a housing

3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3

- Printed-circuit board with solder pins for horizontal mounting

3RG9 005-0SA00

• Outputs supplied via external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)

Printed-circuit board with gold plated direct connector for 30-pole plug

connector for easy installation with direct connector

3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2

4 inputs

Printed-circuit board with gold plated direct connector for 30-pole plug

connector for easy installation with direct connector

3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2

7 5

3 8

4 0

1 2 , 1

2 0

9

2 , 5 4

N S A 0 0 0 8 1

6

7 3

3 7 , 8 6

2 , 5 4

N S A 0 0 0 8 3

2 , 3

2 0 , 6

3 , 9 9 , 3

54

75

6

60

71

40 NSA0_00343

AS-i

Fault

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

OUT1

UOT2

OUT3

OUT4

AUX-PWR

25.5

(Grid 10 x 6 mm)

Light

emitted

on top

Height

9 mm

Connector (gold-plated) for

edge-socket connector

e.g. from AMP 1-0100317-5

(30-pole)

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/98

AS-Interface Slaves

Counter modules

Modules with special functions

6

■

Overview

This module is used to transfer hexadecimal coded counter val-

ues (LSB=D0, MSB=D3) to a higher-level controller. Each valid

count pulse on terminal 8 causes the counter value to be incre-

mented. The module counts from 0 up to 15 and then starts

again at 0. The control system then loads the current value and

determines the number of pulses between two host calls by gen-

erating the difference. The total number of counter pulses is de-

termined by summation of these differences.

To ensure that valid values are transferred, no more than 15

count values must be applied to terminal 8 between two host or

ASI master calls. The maximum permissible transfer frequency

is calculated as follows from these times:

fTmax = 15 / Tmax

Tmax: Maximum possible transfer time from slave to host.

Another restriction on the maximum frequency is the required

pulse shape. To ensure that the counter loads a pulse as valid,

a low value must be applied to the input for at least 300 µs, while

a high value must be applied for at least 1 ms. This results in a

maximum frequency for the counter module independent of the

controller of

fFCmax = 1 / 1.3 ms = 769 Hz for the counter module

(see diagram nsa00084).

In the event of non-compliance with the time criterion shown in

the adjacent diagram, the counter value is rejected.

The counter is only active for the reset parameter P2 (default). By

setting P2, the counter is erased, but incoming pulses are only

registered when P2 has been reset.

Note:

A customer-specific function block is required

or must be programmed.

Typical connections

N S A 0 0 0 8 4

U

I N 1

³

1 m s

³

3 0 0 s t

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 8 5

I N 1

A S i

A D D R

A S i + A S i -

I N 1 -

+

T e r m i n a l 4 : B u s c o n n e c t i o n A S i +

T e r m i n a l 5 : B u s c o n n e c t i o n A S i -

T e r m i n a l 6 : u n u s e d

T e r m i n a l 7 : S e n s o r s u p p l y +

T e r m i n a l 8 : C o u n t e r i n p u t

T e r m i n a l 9 : S e n s o r s u p p l y -

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/99

AS-Interface Slaves

Modules with special functions

Counter modules

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Selection and Ordering data

Counter modules

With screw-type terminal connection With Cage Clamp terminal connection

3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.6

Total current input in mA 170

Input

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

• Assignment Terminal 7 = +

Terminal 9 = -

Terminal 8 = IN1

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Current carrying capacity in mA 90

• Switching level Low/High in V 5 / 10

• Input current Low/High in mA 2 / 10

I/O configuration 0

ID code F

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA, ship building

Degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Displays

•AS-i Green LED on + red LED off = status O.K.

Green LED off + red LED on = no data traffic

Green LED flashing + red LED on = null address

Green LED off + red LED flashing = overload (sensor)

Connection Screw terminals Cage Clamp terminals

Conductor cross-sections in mm2

• Solid -- 2 (0.25–1.5)

• Finely standed with end sleeve -- 2 (0.25–1)

• Finely stranded without end

sleeves -- 2 (0.25–1.5)

• AWG conductors,

solid or stranded -- AWG 2 (24–16)

Design

Order No.

3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2

3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2

Counter module

• with screw terminals

3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2

• with Cage Clamp terminals

3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/100

AS-Interface Slaves

Earth fault detection modules

Modules with special functions

6

■

Overview

"... Earth faults in control circuits should neither lead to uninten-

tional start-up nor to dangerous motion of a machine and they

must not hinder shutdown of the machine (EN 60204, Part 1 or

DIN VDE 0113)".

The AS-Interface earth-fault detection module has been devel-

oped to ensure that these requirements can be met more easily

in the future. This module from the SlimLine Series allows earth

faults in AS-Interface installations to be reliably detected and re-

ported.

The following earth faults are detected:

• Earth fault in AS-i "+"

• Earth fault in AS-i "-"

• Earth fault in sensors and actuators that are supplied from the

AS-Interface voltage

In each case, only one module is necessary for each AS-Inter-

face network.

■

Function

The earth fault is detected by the module, indicated via a LED

and signaled via two signaling outputs (1 = no earth fault /OK;

2 = earth fault/fault. The earth fault alarm is stored in the module.

The module can only be reset after the earth fault has been rec-

tified by switching off the AS-Interface voltage via a reset button

or via a high signal on the floating remote-reset input. The reset

button can also be used for checking correct functioning of the

module. External auxiliary voltages are not monitored for earth

faults by this module.

Note: The earth fault detection module is a passive module with-

out an IC. Therefore it does not require an individual address in

the AS-Interface network.

Typical connections

N S A 0 _ 0 0 0 9 0 a

P E

P E

5 k 6

5 k 6

2 4 V

1 / A S - i -

4 / A S - i +

2 /

3 / T

3 / R

R E S

6 / -

7 / L 2 4 +

8 / O K

9 / F A U L T

1 2 / M 2 4

1 1 / M 2 4

1 0 / M 2 4

+ +

+

R E SR E S

+

1 / A S - i -

4 / A S - i +

-

R - R E S

O . K .

F A U L T

A S - i

T E S T /

RESET

M 2 4 M 2 4 M 2 4

L 2 4 + O . K . F A U L T

A S - i - T

A S - i + R - R E S -

-

-

-

RR

O . K . O . K .

F A U L T

F A U L T

A l t e r n a t i v e l y A u t o m a t i c t e s t

P L CP L C

I n p u t

I n p u t

I n p u t

I n p u t

O u t p u t

P L C

O u t p u t

O u t p u t

A S - i f a u l t

O u t p u t

A S - i f a u l t

P L C

A S - i  c o n n e c t i o n

C o n n e c t i o n f o r s y s t e m e a r t h

C o n n e c t i o n f o r s y s t e m e a r t h ( f o r t e s t f u n c t i o n )

A s - i + c o n n e c t i o n

R e m o t e r e s e t i n p u t ( R - R E S )

R e m o t e r e s e t g r o u n d (  )

E x t e r n a l v o l t a g e s u p p l y f o r s i g n a l i n g o u t p u t s L 2 4 +

S i g n a l i n g o u t p u t O . K .

S i g n a l i n g o u t p u t F A U L T ( e a r t h f a u l t s i g n a l i n g )

E x t e r n a l v o l t a g e s u p p l y f o r s i g n a l i n g o u t p u t s M 2 4

N e g a t i v e c o n n e c t i o n f o r s i g n a l i n g o u t p u t M 2 4

N e g a t i v e c o n n e c t i o n f o r s i g n a l i n g o u t p u t M 2 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 0

1 1

1 2

T e r m i n a l D e s i g n a t i o n

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/101

AS-Interface Slaves

Modules with special functions

Earth fault detection modules

6

■

Technical specifications

1) UAux should be protected with a slow-action 2 A fuse.

2) For increasing the relay endurance with inductive loads,

a protective circuit with free-wheeling diodes is recommended.

Earth fault detection module

With screw-type terminal connection With Cage Clamp terminal connection

3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2

Total current input in mA 40

Polarity reversal protection Built-in

Earth fault 10% UAS-i UGND 90% UAS-i

Low signal range

•I IN in mA 1.5

High signal range

•U IN in V 10

•I IN in mA 6

Current carrying capacity 1)

•DC 12 in A 1 (max. 2 per module)

•DC 13 in A 500 (24 V)2)

•DC 13 in mA 200 (48 V)2)

Operating cycles DC 12 2 106

Rated operating voltage range in V 24 to 48 DC

Degree of protection IP20

Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm 102 22.5 92

Rated temperature in °C 25

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +70

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Addressing The module does not require an individual AS-Interface address

Connection Screw-type terminal connection Spring-loaded terminal connection

Conductor cross-sections in mm2

• Solid -- 2 (0.25–1.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeve -- 2 (0.25–1)

• Finely stranded without end

sleeves -- 2 (0.25–1.5)

• AWG conductors,

solid or stranded -- AWG 2 (24–16)

Note If repeaters are used, each AS-Interface segment needs its own earth fault detection module

(number of AS-Interface power supply units = number of earth fault detection modules)

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/102

AS-Interface Slaves

Earth fault detection modules

Modules with special functions

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

Design

Order No.

3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2

Earth fault detection module

• with screw terminals

3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2

• with Cage Clamp terminals

3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2

4 7

45

NSB0_01412

102

536

65

86

A

C

68

92

Standard terminal Removeable terminal

Screw-type terminal

Spring-type terminal

A

84 108

C

83 106

A

84.3 107.6

C

81 104

N S B 0 _ 0 1 4 1 3

A

B

C

7 4

8 6

5

3 6

1 2 0

1 1 0 x 1 5

6 8

4 7

2 2 , 5

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/103

AS-Interface Slaves

Modules with special functions

Overvoltage protection module

6

■

Overview

The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module protects down-

stream AS-Interface devices or individual sections of the instal-

lation in AS-Interface networks from conducted overvoltage

caused by switching procedures and distant lightning strikes.

The installation site of the overvoltage protection module repre-

sents the transition from Zone 1 to 2/3 within the lightning protec-

tion zone concept. Direct lightning strikes must be overcome by

means of additional protective measures at the transitions from

lightning protection Zone 0A to 1.

The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module enables the AS-

Interface to be integrated into the overall overvoltage protection

concept of a plant or machine.

The module has the same design, connection and degree of

protection (IP67) as the previous AS-Interface application mod-

ules. It is a passive module without an AS-i IC and therefore does

not require its own address on the AS-Interface network.

It is connected to an AS-Interface system via the FK-E or PG-E

coupling module. The EEMS interface can be used to protect the

AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage cable against over-

voltage.

Overvoltages are diverted via a ground cable with a yel-

low/green oil-proof outer casing. This cable is permanently inte-

grated into the module and must be connected to system earth

with a low resistance connection.

Nominal discharge current isn

The nominal discharge current is the peak value of a peak cur-

rent with an 8/20 microsecond waveform for which the overvolt-

age protection module is rated in accordance with a specific test

program.

With the 8/20 waveform, 100% of the value is reached after

8 microseconds and 50% of the value is reached after 20 micro-

seconds.

Protection level Up

The protection level of an overvoltage protection module is the

highest instantaneous voltage value at the terminals which is

determined from individual tests.

The protection level characterizes the capability of an overvolt-

age protection module to limit overvoltages to a residual level

Accessories

An FK-E or PG-E coupling module is required to connect the

AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage supply cable.

Installation guidelines

Earthing of the protective modules and of the devices to be

protected must be carried out via a common grounding point

(equipotential bonding). If devices with total insulation are to be

protected, their mounting brackets must also be connected into

the grounding points.

Application example

NSA0_00093

AS-

Inter-

face

AS-

Inter-

face

Application Device without earth connection

®

Earthing of the mounting plate

Mounting plate

Device with

earth connection

Application

OVP

OVP = Overvoltage protection

AS-

I n t e r -

f a c e

N S A0_00092

A

AS-

I n t e r -

f a c e B

AS-

I n t e r -

f a c e

AS-

I n t e r -

f a c e

Z o n e 2

p r o t e c t e d r a n g e

E q u i p o t e n t i a l b o n d i n g

( s y s t e m e a r t h )

Z o n e 1 Z o n e 1

P r o t e c t i o n a p p r o x . 0 . 5 m t o t h e l e f t

P r o t e c t i o n a p p r o x . 5 m t o t h e r i g h t

O V P O V P

O V P = O v e r v o l t a g e p r o t e c t i o n

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/104

AS-Interface Slaves

Overvoltage protection module

Modules with special functions

6

■

Technical specifications

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

Overvoltage protection module

3RK1 901-1GA00

Overvoltage protection for AS-i for AUX power

• Rated discharge current sn for

curve form 8/20

- Core to PE in kA 10 10

- Core to core in kA 0.5 0.5

• Protective level Up at sn

- Core to PE in kV 1.8 1.8

- Core to core in V 100 70

• Protective level Up at 1 kV / µs

- Core to PE in V 700 600

- Core to core in V 50 40

Mechanical data

• degree of protection

(with coupling module) IP67

• Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm 80 45 25

Temperature range

• Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +85

• Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Design

Order No.

3RK1 901-1GA00

Overvoltage protection module

3RK1 901-1GA00

N S A 0 0 0 8 7

4 5

8 0

2 5

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/105

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

6

■

Overview

The AS-Interface compact starter is a load feeder with degree of

protection IP65, which is fully prewired inside, for switching and

protecting any three-phase loads up to 5.5 kW at 400/500 V AC

(electromechanical compact starter) or up to 2.2 kW (electronic

compact starter) mostly 3-phase standard motors in direct-on-

line and reversing operation. It consists either of an electrome-

chanical controlgear combination or an electronic overload relay

and circuit-breaker unit. The overload or short-circuit protection

is located below a sealable, transparent cover and is therefore

available for diagnosis. Two LEDs are provided to the left of the

cover for diagnostic purposes for the AS-Interface and the aux-

iliary power.

Live parts cannot be touched even when the cover is open.

The control elements are activated via the integrated outputs.

The status of the device is scanned via the inputs, e.g. check-

backs from the auxiliary contacts of the circuit-breaker and con-

tactor(s). A further input is used to detect the operating state of

the optional hand-held terminal. The three power connectors are

used to feed and loop through to the load supply voltage (power

bus) and to connect to the load itself. Prefabricated power sup-

ply lines can be used to connect compact starters which are di-

rectly adjacent to each other. The maximum number of starters

that can be supplied via a power supply cable is limited by the

maximum permissible total current (up to max. 4 mm2 ~ 35 A),

see Technical specifications.

DS/RS compact starters (electromechanical)

The electromechanical compact starters consist of a conven-

tional switchgear combination with a SIRIUS circuit-breaker for

protection against short-circuits and overloading and SIRIUS

contactor(s) for normal switching. The advantages of the electro-

mechanical starters are the reliable isolation during disconnec-

tion and tripping, the integrated fuseless protection against

short-circuits and the favourable price. What is more, direct cur-

rents can also be switched with the electromechanical starters.

Planning information: In the case of temperature-critical applica-

tions, we recommend operation in the lower setting range of the

circuit-breaker.

EDS/ERS compact starters (electronic)

The electronic compact starters EDS (direct starter) and ERS

(reversing starter) consist of an electronic overload relay and an

electronic circuit-breaker unit.

The advantages of these electronic compact starters are the

broad limits within which the overload protection can be ad-

justed (the power range up to 2.2 kW at 400/500 V AC is covered

with just 2 versions), the fact that the electronic contact elements

in the power section are non-wearing, current detection (used

for monitoring the energy connector), emergency operation in

the event of an overload as well as remote resetting via the AS-

Interface after overload tripping.

The ERS compact starter is designed for direct on-line starting

in reversing mode. The electronic overload protection and the

shutdown response in the event of overload can be adjusted di-

rectly at the device.

Version with brake contact

All compact starters are available optionally with a separately

activated brake contact for electrically operated motor brakes.

For externally fed motor brakes, 24 V DC is supplied jointly with

the load voltage via the power connector on -X1. It is looped

through via -X3 for supplying the next compact starter on -X1.

The 24 V DC supply for the brakes is only bridged in those de-

vices equipped with a brake contact. At the project planning

stage, it is important to ensure that these starters are located

alongside each other.

All compact starters with a brake contact for 500 V DC can be

equipped with a 400 V AC brake contact.

Hand-held terminal

The hand-held terminal enables the compact starter to be oper-

ated locally and autonomously, providing that the auxiliary volt-

age supply is connected. Thus, assuming that the automation

level is functioning correctly, local switching operations can be

carried out in addition to normal manual operations in the event

of a programmable controller / bus system failure (emergency

mode) or during test runs before commissioning, e.g. for testing

the direction of rotation of the motor. The hand-held terminal can

be connected to the compact starter by means of a connecting

cable via a socket underneath the transparent cover.

Spare inputs

The compact starters are also equipped with two spare inputs.

The M12 socket is a "Y" connector. The signal inputs are applied

to PIN 2 and 4. In this manner, it is possible for example to con-

nect an optical proximity switch that supplies a signal and the

“fouling” alarm.

A "T" adapter can be used to split the signal inputs onto two M12

sockets. Compact starters modified in this way offer additional

advantages. At no extra cost, it is possible to save AS-i ad-

dresses, reduce the space requirement and to build up logical

groupings.

■

Design

Wiring and assembly

All the connections are either of the plug-in type or use the easy-

installation insulation-piercing method.

The shaped cables for the 24 V auxiliary power supply which is

used to control the contactors as well as the AS-Interface data

cable must simply be inserted in the mounting plate. The com-

pact starter is then cradled in the mounting plate and screwed

tight. The compact starter and the mounting plate must be or-

dered separately. The power for the main circuit is fed in via a

power connector to be ordered separately (see Accessories un-

der Selection and Ordering data).

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/106

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Design (continued)

The load itself and any other compact starters are supplied us-

ing the same connection technique. All the supply and data ca-

bles can thus be laid through the system like a bus. Whereas the

controlgear is switched via the outputs by the 24 V auxiliary

power supply, the inputs are supplied by the AS-Interface data

cable. This principle of separate auxiliary power supplies facili-

tates selective emergency stop concepts.

Addressing

The addressing of the AS-Interface compact starter can still be

used even if it is fully wired, because the module is disconnected

from the AS-Interface network as soon as the addressing con-

nector is inserted.

■

Function

Display characteristics

Under normal operation, the LEDs on the compact starters indi-

cate the following device states:

LED

AUX PWR

AS-Interface

STATE 1)

NSA0_00322

Status description

Control signal applied

No auxiliary power

Auxiliary power on

No power for slave electronics

Station address 0

AS-Interface communication absent

AS-Interface communication o.k.

On

States

Flash-

ing

On On Flash-

ing Off

On Off

LED

RUN

READY

FAULT

NSA0_00323

OVERLOAD

States Status description

Main circuit on

 Rotary coding switch in position

Tripping REMOTE: Continued ope-

ration when programmed in the user

program

Main circuit off

 Rotary coding switch in position

Tripping LOCAL: Direct shut-off

 Rotary coding switch in position

Tripping REMOTE: Remote shut-off

when programmed in the user

program

Main circuit off

(test finished)

Main circuit off

(test running)

Main circuit on

Main circuit off, e.g. through

 Failure of two phases

 Drawn motor connector

 Supply voltage drop

(< 18 V)

 Simultaneous control of clockwise

and anti-clockwise rotation

Main circuit on with conduction

>_ 20% n

Unit ready to operate

On

On Off On

On

Nor-

mal

flash-

ing

Fast

flash-

ing

Slow

flash-

ing

On On

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/107

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

6

■

Function (continued)

Diagnosis of the electronic compact starter with the user

programme

The input and output signals of the DS2E and RS2E electronic

compact starters can be evaluated in the user programme.

Output DO2 is only controlled in those variants with a brake con-

tact.

The I/O assignment corresponds to the AS-Interface motor

starter profile 7D.

Note:

The brake contact is controlled via the bus separately from the

main circuit. This makes it possible to switch the motor and

brake independently. In the user programme, it must be ensured

that dangerous plant states cannot occur, e.g. unintentional free-

wheeling or blocking of the motor. This also applies to local shut-

down, e.g. in response to an overload tripping operation. Input

signal DI0 can be used to check the status of the device.

Inputs

Outputs

Input signals Device status Meaning

DI0 “Ready” 0 Device not ready / error Manual mode

Device has neen switched to manual mode locally

(switch back to automatic mode using hand-held unit).

Overload/short-circuit tripping

The circuit-breaker recloses once a cooling-off period has elapsed.

FAULT signal

• Defective coil.

• Contact welded.

• Output driver defective (contactor must be tested).

• Simultaneous activation of clockwise and counterclockwise rotation

(user programme must be checked).

1Device is ready / automatic

mode –

DI1 “Running” 0 Contactor OFF –

1Contactor ON –

DI2 “Special information 1” 0 No input signal IN1 –

1Input signal IN1 –

DI3 “Special information 2” 0 No input signal IN2 –

1Input signal IN2 –

Output signals Device status Meaning

DO0 “Run forward” 0 Clockwise rotation OFF –

1Clockwise rotation ON –

DO0 “Run reserve” 0 Counterclockwise rotation OFF –

1Counterclockwise rotation ON –

DO2 “Special command 1” 0 Open brake contact –

1Close brake contact –

DO3 “Special command 2” 0 – –

1– –

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/108

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Function (continued)

Diagnosis of the electronic compact starter by means of the

user programme

The input and output signals of the EDS2E and ERS2E electro-

mechanical compact starters can be evaluated in the user pro-

gramme.

Output DO2 is only controlled in those variants with a brake con-

tact.

The I/O assignment corresponds to the AS-Interface motor

starter profile 7E.

Note:

The brake contact is controlled via the bus separately from the

main circuit. This makes it possible to switch the motor and

brake independently. In the user programme, it must be ensured

that dangerous plant states cannot occur, e.g. unintentional free-

wheeling or blocking of the motor. This also applies to local shut-

down, e.g. in response to an overload tripping operation. Input

signal DI0 can be used to check the status of the device.

Inputs

Outputs

Input signals Device status Meaning

DI0 „Ready“ 0 Device not ready / error Manual mode

Device has been switched to manual mode locally (switch back to auto-

matic mode using hand-held unit).

Tripped signal

Rotary coding switch in position

• Tripping LOCAL: Direct shut-off

• Tripping REMOTE: Remote shut-off or continued operation when pro-

grammed in the user programme

FAULT signal

• No current flowing

- Failure of two phases

- Drawn motor connector

- Supply voltage drop

(< 18 V)

- Current imbalance limit exceeded

- Fault in main circuit of the device

• Hardware fault (Reset after rectification)

1Device is ready / automatic

mode –

DI1 „Running“ 0 No current flowing –

1Current is flowing –

DI2 „Special information 1“ 0 No input signal IN1 –

1Input signal IN1 –

DI3 „Special information 2“ 0 No input signal IN2 –

1Input signal IN2 –

Output signals Device status Meaning

DO0 “Run forward” 0 Clockwise rotation OFF –

1Clockwise rotation ON –

DO1 “Run reserve” 0 Counterclockwise rotation OFF –

1Counterclockwise rotation ON –

DO2 “Special command 1” 0 Open brake contact –

1Close brake contact –

DO3 “Special command 2” 0 Remote Reset OFF –

1Remote Reset ON –

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/109

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

6

■

Technical specifications

DS/RS EDS/ERS

Degree of protection IP65 (with covered connecting elements and cover flap)

Material Thermoplastic (glass-fibre reinforced)

Color Anthracite RAL 7016

Cover flap Latching, sealable

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 265 134

Temperature range

• Operating temperature in °C -25 to +55 (derating must be observed: See manual)

• Storage temperature in °C -40 to +70

Permissible service position

Shock resistance

Rectangular pulse (g/ms) 2/unlimited, 10/5 or 5/10

Sine pulse (g/ms) 2/unlimited, 8/10 or 15/5

External voltage supply

For output supply (contactor activation)

Rated operational voltage Ue in V DC 24 (PELV; must be earthed)

For electronics and inputs (acknowledgements

of switchgear status) via AS-Interface data

cable in V

DC 26.5 to 31.6 (in compliance with AS-Interface specification)

I/O configuration (hex) 7

ID code (hex) D E

Power consumption of AS-Interface in mA Max. 100

Current input UAux in mA Approx. 100

Watchdog

(shutdown of outputs in case of AS-Interface

fault)

Built-in

Diagnostics

Via AS-Interface Checkback signal from circuit-breaker and contactor(s)

via positively-driven auxiliary contacts and separate inputs

Via LED at the housing Auxiliary voltage applied

AS-Interface communication OK

AS-Interface communication faulty

Station address = 0 (module not addressed)

Via LED at the hand-held terminal ON or clockwise rotation or anti-clockwise rotation

Main circuit

Rated operational voltage 500 V AC to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101, AC 600 V to CSA and UL

Safety separation between main and auxiliary

circuit (to DIN VDE 0106, Part 101) up to 400 V -

Rated output 5.5 kW 2.2 kW

Permissible operating duties Uninterrupted duty, temporary duty, periodic duty, intermittent periodic duty

(50 % rel. ON-time at 80 operations/h at 5.5 kW)

Permissible operating frequency for a starting

time tA= 0.1 s and a rel. ON period tEP =50% 80 1/h 600 1/h

Trip class Class 10

Conductor cross-section for power connector

incoming supply/ feeder/ looping through 9-

pole

4 mm2, AWG 15-11

Max. perm. current via power connector

(dependent on cable cross-section)

•Tu = 60 °C 30 A (4 mm2), AWG (11); 20 A (2.5 mm2)), AWG (15); 12 A (1.5 mm2), AWG (13)

•Tu = 40 °C 35 A (4 mm2), AWG (11); 25 A (2.5 mm2), AWG (15); 15 A (1.5 mm2), AWG (13)

Short-circuit strength of starter combination

in kA 50 (to type of co-ordination "1") 100

Electrical endurance of the circuit-breaker

component for a load Ia (AC-3) See service-life characteristics for 3RT10 contac-

tors 10 million operating cycles

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 4

2 2 , 5 ° 2 2 , 5 °

9 0 °

9 0 °

Please note:

According to DIN 43 602

start-up command ”I“

to the right or top

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/110

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

EDS compact starter

Electronic direct on-line starter with two spare digital inputs

3RK1 322-

@@ S12-0AA @

ERS compact starter

Electronic reversing starter with two spare digital inputs

3RK1 322-

@@ S12-1AA @

Three-phase motor

4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P Setting range

of the overcurrent release

kW A

0.18 to 0.8 0.6 to 2.18 0 A

0.75 to 2.2 2.0 to 5.95 0 B

DS compact starter

Electromechanical direct on-line starter with two spare digital inputs

3RK1 322-

@@ S02-0AA @

RS compact starter

Electromechanical reversing starter with two spare digital inputs

3RK1 322-

@@ S02-1AA @

Three-phase motor

4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P Setting range

of the overcurrent release

kW A

< 0.06 0.14 to 0.20 0 B

0.06 0.18 to 0.25 0 C

0.09 0.22 to 0.32 0 D

0.10 0.28 to 0.40 0 E

0.12 0.35 to 0.50 0 F

0.18 0.45 to 0.63 0 G

0.21 0.55 to 0.80 0 H

0.25 0.70 to 1.0 0 J

0.37 0.9 to 1.25 0 K

0.55 1.1 to 1.6 1 A

0.75 1.4 to. 2.0 1 B

0.90 1.8 to 2.5 1 C

1.1 2.2 to 3.2 1 D

1.5 2.8 to 4.0 1 E

1.9 3.5 to 5.0 1 F

2.2 4.5 to 6.3 1 G

3.0 5.5 to 8.0 1 H

4.0 7.0 to 10 1 J

5.5 9.0 to 12 1 K

Additional price

Standard version 0

Version with 24 V DC / 3 A brake contactfor externally-fed brakes 1

Version with brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A infeed for brake rectifier 3

Version with brake contact for DC-side switching of the bakes

with 500 V DC/0.2 A 4

N S A 0 0 0 9 8

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/111

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Design

Order No.

Accessories for 24 V DC, M 12 connectors

6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0

M12 coupler plug

For connecting actuators or sensors

5-pole

3RX1 667

M12 angular coupler plug

For connecting actuators or sensors

5-pole

3RX1 668

Y-shaped coupler plug, M12

For connecting two sebsors by means of individual cables

5-pole

6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0

M12 sealing cap

For sealing unused input and output sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RX9 802-0AA00

Accessories for AS-Interface compact starter (Han Q 8/0)

3RK1 902-0CA00

3RK1 902-0CC00

3RK1 902-0AH00

Connector set for power infeed, 9-pole

Comprising

1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland

Female insert, 9-pole

Female contacts

• Suitable for cable 4 2.5 mm2, 6 2.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CA00

• Suitable for cable 4 4 mm2, 6 4 mm2

3RK1 902-0CB00

Connector set for power loop-through connection, 9-pole

Comprising

1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland

1 male insert, 9-pole

6 male contacts

• Suitable for cable 4 2.5 mm2, 6 2.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CC00

• Suitable for cable 4 4 mm2, 6 4 mm2

3RK1 902-0CD00

Connector set for motor connection, 1.5 mm2, 9-pole

Comprising

1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland

1 male insert, 9-pole

8 male contacts 1.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0CE00

Blank plug for 9-pole power socket (-X3)

• One set contains one unit

3RK1 902-0CK00

• One set contains ten units

3RK1 902-0CJ00

Power connection cable

9-pole

•6 4 mm2, 0.12 m long

3RK1 902-0CH00

•4 4 mm2, 0.12 m long

3RK1 902-0CG00

Motor connection cable, 4 x 1.5 mm2

With power connector, 9-pole

• Length: 3 m

3RK1 902-0CM00

• Length: 5 m

3RK1 902-0CP00

• Length: 10 m

3RK1 902-0CQ00

Motor connection cable, 6 x 1.5 mm2

With power connector, 9-pole

• Length: 3 m

3RK1 902-0CN00

• Length: 5 m

3RK1 902-0CR00

• Length: 10 m

3RK1 902-0CS00

Crimping tool

• For male and female contacts 1.5 to 2.5 mm2

3RK1 902-0AH00

• For male and female contacts 1.5 to 4 mm2

3RK1 902-0CT00

Disassembling tool

for disassembling male and female contacts in 9-pole inserts

3RK1 902-0AJ00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/112

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface compact starters IP65 (400 V AC)

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

■

Dimensional drawings

3RK1 322-..S.-.AA.

3RK1 902-0AP00

■

Schematics

Connector pin assignment digital inputs (Y assignment)

Connector pin assignment power connector

Design

Order No.

Miscellaneous accessories

3RK1 902-0AP00

3RK1 902-0AM00

Manual for AS-Interface compact starters

• German, English

3RK1 702-2GB10-2AA0

• French, Italian

3RK1 702-2HB10-2AA0

Mounting plate for compact starters

To receive the shaped cable for AS-Interface and auxiliary power

3RK1 902-0AP00

Seal set for mounting plate

For sealing the housing at the end of a spur line

(1 set = 5 straight seals, 5 shaped seals)

3RK1 902-0AR00

Hand-held terminal for start-up

with 0.5 m connecting cable and plug

3RK1 902-0AM00

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 1 b

2 7 0

1 2 0

1 9 7 9

2 6 5

5 4

1 2 6

2 5

9

1 9 0

2 5

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 2

1 0 7

4 0 , 5

2 6 5

1 2 0

3 4

2 1 4

3 3

3 9

Æ 4 , 8

Æ 5

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 0 0

P i n 1 : S u p p l y L +

P i n 2 : S i g n a l i n p u t

P i n 3 : S u p p l y L 

P i n 4 : S i g n a l i n p u t

P i n 5 : P E

6

1

4

8

3

5

2

7

L 2

L 3

L 1

- X 2

6

1

4

8

3

5

2

7

L 2

L 3 L 1

- X 1

8

3

5

6

1

4

2

7

L 2

L 3

L 1

- X 3

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 9

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 :

P i n 6 :

P i n 7 :

P i n 8 :

C e n t e r :

n o t a s s i g n e d

P h a s e L 2

s p a r e

G N D f o r b r a k e o p t i o n a l

+ D C 2 4 V f o r b r a k e o p t i o n a l

P h a s e L 1

n o t a s s i g n e d

P h a s e L 3

P E

n o t a s s i g n e d

P h a s e L 2

s p a r e

+ D C 2 4 V f o r b r a k e

G N D f o r b r a k e

P h a s e L 3

n o t a s s i g n e d

P i n 1 : P h a s e L 1

P E

1 ) O n l y f o r A S - I n t e r f a c e c o m p a c t s t a r t e r s w i t h D C 2 4 V b r a k e c o n t a c t ( 3 R K 1 3 2 2 - . . S . . - . A A 1 ) .

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 :

P i n 6 :

P i n 7 :

P i n 8 :

C e n t e r :

1 )

1 )

1 )

1 )

X 2 :

X 1 : P o w e r i n f e e d

( p l u g o f t h e s t a r t e r )

L o a d f e e d e r

( s o c k e t o f t h e s t a r t e r )

X 3 : P o w e r l o o p - t h r o u g h c o n n e c t i o n

( s o c k e t o f t h e s t a r t e r )

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

P i n 5 :

P i n 6 :

P i n 7 :

P i n 8 :

C e n t e r :

P h a s e L 1

n o t a s s i g n e d

P h a s e L 3

B r a k e o u t p u t

B r a k e i n p u t

n o t a s s i g n e d

P h a s e L 2

n o t a s s i g n e d

P E

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/113

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC)

6

■

Overview

Connection of a drive roller with integrated DC motor to an AS-Interface

DC 24 V motor starter

With the K60 AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters for the low-end

performance range up to 70 W, it is now possible to connect

24 V DC motors and the associated sensors directly to the AS-

Interface quickly and easily.

Three different versions are available:

• Single direct on-line starter (without brake and reversible

quick-stop function)

• Double direct on-line starter (with brake and reversible quick-

stop function)

• Reversing starter (with brake and reversible quick-stop func-

tion)

DC motors are connected to the module via M12 plug-in con-

nectors. The sensors and the module electronics can be sup-

plied from the yellow AS-Interface cable. An auxiliary voltage

(DC 24 V) is only required for supplying the outputs, which can

be provided via the black AS-Interface cable.

Quick stop function

All AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters feature a quick-stop

function which can be switched on and off as required via a

switch integrated into the module. The quick-stop function al-

lows a connected motor to be shut down immediately via an ap-

plied sensor signal (high). The switch for the quick-stop function

is located alongside the input sockets and is protected by an

M12 covering cap.

Brake

The double direct starter and reversing starter versions feature

an integrated permanently set brake function. As soon as the

output signal is set to "0", the motor is braked.

Start-up via integrated buttons

Buttons integrated into the module (below the output sockets)

can be used to set the motor used. The buttons are protected by

an M12 covering cap.

Note concerning double and reversing starters: If an input with

the Quick stop function receives a "High" signal, the correspond-

ing output (e.g. Quick stop input 1 output 1) is switched off

within the device (the motor is braked). The manual key function

(Key 1/2) for local operation is only permitted to be used during

"CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.

Note for single direct on-line starters: If an input with the Quick

stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding output

(e.g. Quick stop input 1 output 1) is switched off within the de-

vice (the motor coasts down without braking). The manual key

function (Key 1) for local operation is only permitted to be used

during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.

Applications

4 2

2

4

4 2

2

4

4 2

2

4

4 2

2

4

4 2

2

4

4 2

2

4

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 8

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t

B u t t o n

( m a n u a l

operation)

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

o u t p u t

o n / o f f

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

S e n s o r 3

S e n s o r 4

M o t o r

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

o f f

o n

B r a k e

( w i t h c o a s t i n g )

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t

B u t t o n

(m anual

operation)

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

o u t p u t

o n / o f f

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

M o t o r

B r a k e

( w i t h c o a s t i n g )

o f f

o n

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t 1

B u t t o n 1

( m a n u a l

operation)

O u t p u t 2

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 2 on/off

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 1 on/off

B u t t o n 2

( m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n )

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

S e n s o r 3

S e n s o r 4

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

o f f

o n

o f f

o n

M o t o r 2

M o t o r 1

S h o r t - c i r c u i t b r a k e

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t 1

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 1 on/off

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

M o t o r 2

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

o f f

o n

o f f

o n Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 2 on/off

P l u g b r a k e

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

O u t p u t 2

( m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n )

B u t t o n 2

M o t o r 1

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

o u t p u t 1 o n / o f f

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

S e n s o r 3

S e n s o r 4

M o t o r

C l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n

C o u n t e r - c l o c k w i s e

r o t a t i o n

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

o f f

o n

o f f

o n Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

o u t p u t 1 o n / o f f

P l u g b r a k e

I n p u t 1

I n p u t 2

O u t p u t

Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 1 on/off

A d d r e s s

S e n s o r 1

S e n s o r 2

M o t o r

C l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n

C o u n t e r - c l o c k w i s e

r o t a t i o n

S e n s o r s i g n a l

S e n s o r s i g n a l

o f f

o n

o f f

o n Q u i c k - s t o p f o r

output 1 on/off

P l u g b r a k e

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

P o l l u t i o n s i g n a l

B u t t o n 1

(m anual

o p e r a t i o n f o r

c l o c k w i s e

r o t a t i o n )

B u t t o n 2

( m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n

f o r c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n )

B u t t o n 2

( m a n u a l o p e r a t i o n

f o r c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n )

B u t t o n 1

( m a n u a l

o p e r a t i o n f o r

c l o c k w i s e

r o t a t i o n )

B u t t o n 1

( m a n u a l

o p e r a t i o n )

( w i t h a d j u s t a b l e q u i c k - s t o p f u n c t i o n )

1 s t p o s s i b i l i t y : C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f f o u r

s e n s o r s w i t h o u t p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

S i n g l e d i r e c t s t a r t e r w i t h o u t b r a k e

( w i t h a d j u s t a b l e q u i c k - s t o p f u n c t i o n )

D o u b l e d i r e c t s t a r t e r w i t h b r a k e

1 s t p o s s i b i l i t y : C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f f o u r

s e n s o r s w i t h o u t p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

( w i t h a d j u s t a b l e q u i c k - s t o p f u n c t i o n )

S i n g l e r e v e r s i n g s t a r t e r w i t h b r a k e

C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f f o u r

s e n s o r s w i t h o u t p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

1 s t p o s s i b i l i t y :

2 n d p o s s i b i l i t y : C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f t w o

s e n s o r s w i t h p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

2 n d p o s s i b i l i t y : C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f t w o

s e n s o r s w i t h p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

C o n n e c t i o n t o a m a x i m u m o f t w o

s e n s o r s w i t h p o l l u t i o n i n d i c a t i o n

2 n d p o s s i b i l i t y :

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/114

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC)

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Technical specifications

Single direct on-line starter Double direct on-line starter Single reversing starter

4 inputs 4 inputs 4 inputs

1 output 2 outputs 1 output

Quickstop function

3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4 3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4 3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4

Slave type Standard slaves

Operational voltage in accordance

with AS-Interface specification in V 26.5 to 31.5

Total current input from AS-Interface

in mA 270

Input connection PNP

Inputs

• Sensor supply via AS-Interface Short-circuit and overload proof

•Sensors 3-wire

• Voltage range in V 20 to 30

• Load rating for sensor supply

in mA 200 (Tu 40 °C) / 150 (Tu 55 °C)

• Switching level High in V 10

• Switching level Low in V 5

• Socket assignment PIN 1 = Sensor supply L+

PIN 2 = Data input

PIN 3 = Sensor supply L-

PIN 4 = Data input/Quickstop

PIN 5 = Earth connection

• External voltage supply DC 24 V Via black AS-Interface flat cable

• Max. start-up ramp time for DC

motor in ms 80

• Max. motor start-up current

(internally limited) in A 4.5

Outputs

• Type of output Electronics

• Nominal load rating per output in A 3 (Tu 55 °C)

-1 x 3 (Tu 55 °C)

2 x 2 (Tu 55 °C) 2.5 (Tu 55 °C)

-

• Max. total current in A - 4 -

• Voltage drop (without incoming

line) in V 0.6 1.2

• Short-circuit protection Built-in

• Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in

• Watchdog Built-in

I/O configuration 7

ID code F

Assignment of data bits

• Socket 1 PIN4 = IN1 (D0 / Quickstop1)

PIN2 = IN2 (D1)

• Socket 2 PIN4 = IN3 (D2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3) PIN4 = IN3 (D2 / Quickstop2)

PIN2 = IN4 (D3)

• Socket 3 PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN4 = OUT1(D0) PIN2,4 = OUT1 (D0, D1)

• Socket 4 -PIN4 = OUT2(D1) -

AS-Interface certificate Yes

Approvals UL, CSA

Degree of protection IP67

Earth connection Yes

Ambient temperature in °C -25 to +55

Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Number of I/O sockets 3 3

Note Max. switching frequency when

activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor

(UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %):

•Tumax/°C: 55

• Max. switching frequency/h: 1500

Max. switching frequency when

activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor

(UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %):

•Tumax/°C: 55

• Max. switching frequency/h: 1500

Max. switching frequency when

activating, e. g. a 10 W DC motor

(UAux = 28.8 V/duty cycle = 50 %):

•Tumax/°C: 55

• Max. switching frequency/h: 1000

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/115

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

AS-Interface motor starters IP67 (24 V DC)

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Modules supplied without mounting plate.

■

Dimensional drawings

3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4

3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4

3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4

Design Order No.

3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4

Single direct on-line starter 1)

4 inputs

1 output

Quickstop function

3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4

Dual direct on-line starter 1)

4 inputs

2 outputs

Quickstop function

3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4

Single reversing starter 1)

4 inputs

1 output

Quickstop function

3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4

29

NSA0_00113a

152

60

3RK1901-0CA00

mounting plate

29

NSA0_00114a

152

60

3RK1901-0CA00

mounting plate

29

NSA0_00115a

152

60

3RK1901-0CA00

mounting plate

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/116

AS-Interface Slaves

ECOFAST motor and soft starter

AS-Interface motor starters and IP65/67 load feeders

6

■

Overview

Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting

loads locally. Versions with graded functional scope and with

different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional

requirements of the process and the constructional boundary

conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account.

Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and

AS-Interface.

The starters can be installed in the vicinity of the motor or

mounted onto the motor.

The following are available

• Single units for geographically distributed motors and

• Isolated solutions (ET 200X) for drives installed close together.

The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct on-

line starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to

frequency converters (ET 200X).

Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters.

Two resp. four integrated digital contacts enable sensors to be

scanned locally.

All starters are equipped throughout with standardized inter-

faces for data and power in accordance with the ECOFAST

specification (DESINA compatible):

• HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP resp. insulation displacement

method for AS-Interface

• Han Q8 for the power supply

• Han 10e for motor connection

The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and

power to prevent interruption.

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design Order No.

Fieldbus

interface Switching

function Motor

protection Adjustment/

performance range Brake

output

PROFIBUS

DP Mechanical Thermistor 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW No

3RK1 303-2AS51-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-2AS51-1AA3

Thermal

motor model 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW No

3RK1 303-5BS41-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-5BS41-1AA3

2.4 to 9 A/4 kW No

3RK1 303-5CS41-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-5CS41-1AA3

Electronic, soft Full motor

protection 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW No

3RK1 303-6BS71-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-6BS71-1AA3

2.4 to 12 A/5.5 kW No

3RK1 303-6DS71-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 303-6DS71-1AA3

electronic soft,

several speeds,

R255

0.6 to 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC

3RK1 303-6ES81-3AA3

AS-Interface Mechanical Thermistor 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW No

3RK1 323-2AS51-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-2AS51-1AA3

Thermal

motor model 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW No

3RK1 323-5BS41-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-5BS41-1AA3

2.4 to 9 A/4 kW No

3RK1 323-5CS41-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-5CS41-1AA3

Electronic, soft Full motor

protection 0.3 to 3 A/1.1 kW No

3RK1 323-6BS71-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-6BS71-1AA3

2.4 to 12 A/5.5 kW No

3RK1 323-6DS71-1AA0

400 V AC

3RK1 323-6DS71-1AA3

electronic soft,

several speeds,

R255

0.6 to 4 A/1.5 kW 400 V AC

3RK1 323-6ES81-3AA3

Micro Starter

mechanical Thermistor 0.3 to 9 A/4 kW No see Catalog M11

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/117

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders

AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20

6

■

Overview

AS-Interface load feeder module

The AS-Interface load feeder module serves as an additional in-

put/output module for the conventional busbar and standard

mounting rail adapters. It enables the control circuit of a load

feeder to be completely prewired. The series has been opti-

mized for use in conjunction with the SIRIUS load feeders (sizes

S00 and S0). The connection to the higher-level automation sys-

tem is made via the interface between the AS-Interface and the

load feeder module. An unshielded, standard litz wire can be

used as the data line and for the 24 V DC load power supply. The

connection to the AS-Interface load feeder module is made by

means of two insulation-piercing connectors.

Four different AS-Interface load feeder modules are available:

The versions differ in the number of inputs and outputs, as well

as in the type of outputs. The units with electronic outputs are de-

signed for 24 V DC, whereas units with relay outputs are de-

signed for voltages of up to 230 V AC. They enable direct-on-line

and reversing starters, double direct-on-line starters and starter

combinations to be wired for pole-changing. The status signals

from the circuit-breakers and the contactor(s) can be interro-

gated separately at the inputs. The outputs are used to control

the contactor coils directly.

Since the outputs already have overvoltage protection inte-

grated, additional measures are not required for the contactors.

The outputs are fed by a separate auxiliary power supply, which

facilitates a selective emergency stop concept. The inputs are

supplied via the AS-Interface data line. The inputs and outputs

must be wired via integrated Cage Clamp terminals which are

connected to a common potential.

3RA5 fuseless load feeder with connection to an

AS-Interface

The 3RA5 fuseless load feeder, consisting of AS-Interface load

feeder module, circuit-breaker and contactor, together with all

necessary connectors (AS-Interface, auxiliary power and 5-pole

power connector), is supplied completely assembled, wired and

tested. This saves the user valuable time required for installation,

wiring and servicing.

Also available are direct online starters and reversing starters

with SIRIUS switchgear of sizes S00 up to 10 A and size S0 - de-

termined by the power connector - for up to 16 A. The complete

feeder units are available with AS-Interface load feeder modules

with electronic outputs for an auxiliary voltage of DC 24 V.

Load feeder units of this kind are used, for instance, to control

standard three-phase motors. The load feeders can be installed

in central switchgear cubicles or in distributed, onsite switch-

gear boxes. They are particularly suitable for machines and

plants where the degree of automation is high and special im-

portance is attached to availability.

■

Design

The AS-Interface load feeder module is snapped onto a match-

ing support for switching devices. A 5-pole power supply con-

nector can optionally be fitted between the load feeder module

and the support.

If this connector is used, all the load feeder connections are of

the plug-in type. The unit can thus be replaced very easily if nec-

essary. If this connector is used, the current is limited to 16A.

Several versions of the controlgear support are available; the

choice depends on the width of the controlgear combination

(45 mm or 54 mm) and on the busbar system which is used (bus-

bar center-line spacing 40 mm or 60 mm). Depending on the

variant, the N and/or PE conductors or neither conductor is

brought out as well. The connecting cables of the loads can thus

be prefabricated beforehand and laid directly to the AS-Inter-

face load feeder module via the optional power supply connec-

tor, then installed at this module without any additional wiring.

The loads, for example a three-phase standard motor, can be

exchanged easily in this way.

Each AS-Interface bus station must be assigned a unique ad-

dress at the commissioning stage at the latest. In the case of the

AS-Interface load feeder module, this can be achieved either via

the master by plugging in the connectors which are connected

to the data line one at a time (only one station in the network is

allowed to respond to the default address 0), or by allocating in-

dividual addresses by means of the addressing device and line.

This addressing method can still be used even if the compact

starter is fully wired, as the module is disconnected from the

AS-Interface network as soon as the addressing connector is

inserted.

The addressing socket is located underneath the item code

plate on the front of the load feeder module. The LEDs for diag-

nosing the AS-Interface load feeder module are also situated

there. The following states are displayed:

• 24 V DC auxiliary voltage present or output/outputs set

(230 V AC version)

• AS-Interface communication o.k.

• AS-Interface communication fault

• Station address = 0 (module not addressed)

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/118

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20

AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders

6

■

Technical specifications

The technical specifications for the load feeders is the same as that specified for the individual devices.

The high short-circuit strength of Iq = 50 kA also applies.

Load feeders modules IP20

2I/1O 4I/2O 2I/1OR 3I/2OR

3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1 3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1 3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1

I/O configuration (hex) 3 7 3 7

ID code (hex) F F F F

Supply voltage for electronics

and inputs in V

(checkbacks from the auxiliary

contacts of the controlgear)

via AS-Interface data cable

26.5 to 31.6 (in accordance with AS-Interface specification)

Power consumption of AS-Interface

in mA 8 to 12

Temperature range

• Operating temperature Tu in °C 0 to +55

• Storage temperature in °C -40 to +85

Degree of protection IP20

Inputs

Polarity reversal protection Built-in

Max. input current in mA 6

Max. permissible cable length

between IN + and an input in m 0.4

Outputs

External supply voltage for outputs

in V

(triggering of the contactor coils)

via auxiliary power

24 DC Max. 230 AC

Current carrying capacity Ie in A 0.5 (DC-13/DC-14) 3 (AC-15); 0.1 (DC-13 at 220 V)

Summation current (thermal) Ith in A 2 3

Polarity reversal protection Built-in Not required

Short-circuit protection Built-in No

Inductive interference protection

(free-wheeling diode) Built-in Not required

Watchdog

(shutdown of outputs in case

of AS-Interface fault)

Built-in

Diagnostics

Via LED at the housing Auxiliary voltage applied

AS-Interface communication OK

AS-Interface communication faulty

Station address = 0 (module not addressed)

Output activated

AS-Interface communication OK

AS-Interface communication faulty

Station address = 0 (module not addressed)

Conductor cross-sections

Plug connector for AS-Interface and

auxiliary power in mm20.5 to 0.75 (flexible)

Cage Clamp for I/O wiring in mm20.8 to 2.5 (flexible, without end sleeve)

Power connector, 5-pole in mm20.5 to 2.5

AWG 28 to 12

PE/N conductor wiring on carrier

in mm22.5 flexible

AWG 13

Addressing After the 15th addressing, the module keeps the last address

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/119

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders

AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Complete feeders with AS-Interface load feeder module:

See Catalog LV 10 Section "Load Feeders and Soft Starters"

2) Without connectors for data and auxiliary power (yellow and black).

3) With one connector each for data and auxiliary power (yellow and red).

4) Busbar accessories: See Catalog LV 10 Section "Load Feeders and Soft Starters"

and "Distribution Systems, Busbar Systems and Switchgear"

Design

Order No.

3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1

3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1

AS-Interface load feeder module 1 )

For mounting onto standard rails

For contactors sizes S00 and S0

For mounting on 40 mm or 60 mm busbar systems and SIRIUS standard rail

adapters, the matching carrier is required (see Accessories)

The AS-Interface connectors for the data and auxiliary power cable (yellow and

black) must be ordered separately (see Accessories)

Type Supply in V

2 inputs /

1 output 24 DC 2)

3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1

4 inputs/

2 outputs

3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1

2 inputs /

1 relay output 120/230 AC 3)

3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1

3 inputs /

2 relay outputs

3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1

Accessories 4)

Manual for AS-Interface load feeder module

• German, English

3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0

• Italian, French

3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0

Carrier with mounted power

connector coupling

Carrier for AS-Interface load feeder module

• With PE and N conductor connection,

for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm rail center-line spacing

Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 is necessary

-45 mm

3RK1 901-3AA00

-54 mm

3RK1 901-3BA00

• With PE and N conductor connection,

for mounting on busbar adapter with 60 mm rail center-line spacing

Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 is necessary

-45 mm

3RK1 901-3CA00

-54 mm

3RK1 901-3DA00

• Without PE and N conductor connection,

for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm or 60 mm rail center-line spacing

-45 mm

3RK1 901-3EA00

-54 mm

3RK1 901-3FA00

• for mounting on SIRIUS adapter 3RA19 22-1A for rail mounting

45 mm

3RK1 901-3GA00

3RK1 901-0EA00

Power connector set

5-pole, 2.5 mm2

(one set contains five connectors and five couplings)

3RK1 901-0EA00

3RK1 901-0NA00

3RK1 901-0PA00

AS-Interface connectors for data and auxiliary power cable

With insulation-piercing terminals for 2 (0.5 to 0.75 mm2)

standard stranded conductors

(one packing contains five connectors)

• Yellow

3RK1 901-0NA00

•Black

3RK1 901-0PA00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/120

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface load feeder modules IP20

AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders

6

■

Schematics

Typical control circuits

AS-Interface load feeder module with 2 inputs and 1 output as

direct on-line starter

AS-Interface load feeder module with 4 inputs and 2 outputs as

dual direct on-line starter

AS-Interface load feeder module with 4 inputs and 2 outputs or 3 inputs

and 2 outputs as reversing starter

When using SIRIUS contactors, we recommend that the posi-

tively-driven auxiliary NC contacts are used for feedback of the

switching status.

I N 1

N S A 0 0 0 9 7

I N 2 M / N

- X 3 . 1 - X 3 . 2 - X 3 . 3 - X 4 . 1 - X 4 . 2

I N + O U T 1

- Q 1 - K 1 - K 1

N S A 0 0 0 9 5

I N 4 M / N

- X 3 . 3 - X 3 . 4 - X 3 . 5 - X 3 . 6 - X 3 . 7

- X 3 . 2 - X 3 . 8

I N 3

I N 1 I N 2

- X 3 . 1

I N + O U T 1 O U T 2

- Q 1 - K 1 - Q 2 - K 2 - K 1 - K 2

N S A 0 0 0 9 6

I N 3 M / N

- X 3 . 2 - X 3 . 3 - X 3 . 5 - X 3 . 6 - X 3 . 7

I N 1 I N 2

- X 3 . 1 - X 3 . 8

I N + O U T 1 O U T 2

- Q 1 - K 1 - K 2 - K 1 - K 2

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/121

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface motor starters and IP20 load feeders

SIRIUS soft starters

6

■

Overview

The SIRIUS electronic soft starters are suitable for controlled soft

starting and running down of three-phase asynchronous motors.

Reduction of the starting torque not only protects the motor, but

also increases the availability of the installation.

With just a few actions and accessories, motor feeders can be

fitted with these soft starters for communications capability.

The advantages of a soft starter are:

• Reduction of mechanical loading throughout the drive

• Reduction of the loading on the power supply system

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) For mounting the AS-Interface load feeder module on the standard

rail adaptor, a carrier, plug connector and power connector set are

also required.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/sanftstarter

Design

Order No.

SIRIUS Soft Starter

with AS-Interface load feeder

module 1)

SIRIUS Soft Starter

Rated operating voltage for unit Ue at 400 V

(ambient temperature 40°C)

Rated power of motors

3 kW

3RW3 014-1CB

@4

4 kW

3RW3 016-1CB

@4

Rated control supply voltage

UC = 24 V 0

UC = 110 to 230 V 1

AS-Interface load feeder module

• 2 inputs / 1 output / 24 V DC

3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1

• 2 inputs / 1 relay output / 120/230 V AC

3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/122

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface F-Adapter for EMERGENCY STOP

command devices

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

■

Overview

The AS-Interface F adapter is used for connecting the

EMERGENCY STOP devices of the SIGNUM 3SB3 series to

AS-Interface.

■

Design

The F adapter has a safe AS-Interface slave and is snapped

onto the back of the EMERGENCY STOP device that is not in-

cluded in the scope of supply.

Connection is via the AS-Interface shaped cable using the insu-

lation piercing method.

Addressing is via the AS-Interface connections or via the built-in

addressing socket.

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) EMERGENCY STOP actuator is not included in the scope of supply.

For further details on the EMERGENCY-STOP actuator, see the

Section Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights in Catalog NS K,

10/2001 Edition or Catalog LV 10, 2004 Edition.

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface F adaptor, for EMERGENCY STOP actuator SIGNUM 3SB3 1)

Front panel mounting

3SF5 402-1AA01

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/123

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface enclosure

6

■

Overview

With AS-Interface enclosures, command devices of the SIGNUM

3SB3 installed in a distributed configuration can be quickly con-

nected to AS-Interface.

■

Design

The enclosures without EMERGENCY STOP feature one 4I/4O

application module; an F adapter is mounted on EMERGENCY

STOP enclosures.

The contact blocks and lampholders of the command devices

as well as the AS-Interface slave are soldered onto a carrier

circuit board and screwed onto the command device.

In the case of EMERGENCY STOP enclosures, two normally

closed contact blocks are mounted in the enclosure which are

wired to the F adapter.

Addressing is via the AS-Interface connections or via the built-in

addressing socket. An external supply voltage does not have to

be connected.

■

Selection and Ordering data

N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 8

T e r m i n a l

S h a p e d

A S - I n t e r f a c e c a b l e

F l e x i b l e l e a d

( a p p r o x .

2 0 c m l o n g )

E n c l o s u r e p a r t

E n c l o s u r e

c o v e r

P C B

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface enclosure with standard arrangement of components

Arrangement of components

(A, B, C = Code letters for command points)

Number of com-

mand points

A = EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton via

AS-Interface adapter, yellow bonnet 1

3SF5 801-3AA08

A = EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton via

AS-Interface adapter, yellow bonnet with protective collar 1

3SF5 801-3AB08

B = Green pushbutton, label "I“

A = Red pushbutton, label "O“ 2

3SF5 802-4DA00

B = White pushbutton, label "I“

A = Black pushbutton, label "O“ 2

3SF5 802-4DB00

C = Clear indicator lamp, label without text

B = Green pushbutton, label "I“

A = Red pushbutton, label "O“

3

3SF5 803-4DA00

C = Clear indicator lamp, label without text

B = White pushbutton, label "I“

A = Black pushbutton, label "O“

3

3SF5 803-4DC00

C = Black indicator lamp, label "II"

B = Black pushbutton, label "I“

A = Red pushbutton, label "O“

3

3SF5 803-4DB00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/124

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

■

Overview

Customized solutions for linking command devices to

AS-Interface permit the configuration of command devices to be

selected as required. In addition to the enclosures, the AS-Inter-

face front panel module provides a solution for SIGNUM 3SB3

Command Devices mounted in front panels.

AS-Interface front panel module

AS-Interface enclosure

■

Design

AS-Interface enclosure

The enclosures with two, three, four and six command points are

equipped with a 4I/4O slave. Up to four inputs (switch contacts)

and four outputs (lamp holders) can therefore be connected to

them. A second slave can be mounted on enclosures for four

and six command points. Addressing is via the AS-Interface

connections or via the built-in addressing socket. An external

supply voltage is not required.

For enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP, the EMERGENCY

STOP actuator can be wired conventionally or alternatively using

the AS-Interface F adaptor.

With conventional wiring, interrogation can be performed via AS-

Interface. In this case, a second slave cannot be mounted on the

enclosure for four command points.

In the case of conventional wiring of the EMERGENCY STOP, up

to three switch contacts can be selected for the EMERGENCY

STOP; if the EMERGENCY STOP is scanned via AS-Interface,

two contacts are possible.

If the EMERGENCY STOP is wired via the F adaptor, the safe

module is mounted above or to the right. The AS-Interface cable

is then looped through to supply the non-safe command devices

of the enclosure. EMERGENCY STOP via an F adaptor is only

possible for enclosures for three, four or six command points.

The following methods can be used for connecting the AS-Inter-

face cable:

• Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable. Contact is made with

the cable using the insulation piercing method and it is routed

externally past the enclosure.

• Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable.

The cable is inserted into the enclosure.

• Connection via M12 connectors

• In the case of enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP via the AS-

Interface F adaptor, the cable is connected using the terminals

mounted on the F adaptor for the shaped AS-Interface cable.

The cable is routed externally past the enclosure.

Typical connections

If not all the inputs and outputs of the slave built into an enclo-

sure are used, the spare inputs and outputs can be routed to the

outside via an M12 socket at the top and bottom of the enclo-

sure. The pin assignment required for the M12 socket must then

be specified on the order supplement (see section Options).

N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 3 a

A S - I n t e r f a c e c a b l e

T e r m i n a l

F r o n t p a n e l m o d u l e

N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 8

T e r m i n a l

S h a p e d

A S - I n t e r f a c e c a b l e

F l e x i b l e l e a d

( a p p r o x .

2 0 c m l o n g )

E n c l o s u r e p a r t

E n c l o s u r e

c o v e r

P C B

N S A 0 _ 0 0 3 4 6

A S - I n t e r f a c e c a b l e i s

r o u t e d e x t e r n a l l y a l o n g -

s i d e

T h e A S - I n t e r f a c e c a b l e

i s l a i d i n t h e m o d u l e

R o u n d c a b l e i s l a i d i n

t h e m o d u l e

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/125

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

6

■

Design (continued)

AS-Interface front panel module

The front panel module has one 4I/4O slave, four SIGNUM 3SB3

command devices as well as the necessary mounting accesso-

ries.

The rear of the module is plugged onto a group of four command

devices that are arranged in a vertical or horizontal row and

screwed in place. The command devices must be mounted in a

grid pattern of 30 mm x 45 mm. The shaped AS-Interface cable

is connected via a connection terminal on the rear of the module

using the insulation piercing method.

The module is addressed via the AS-Interface terminals or via

the built-in addressing socket.

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Ordering example for AS-Interface enclosure with four command

points:

3SF5 804-4AZ

KOY

Equipment according to order supplement

for AS-Interface enclosure

(<- For form for order supplement, see section Options)

2) Ordering example for AS-Interface front panel module:

3SF5 874-4AZ

KOY

Equipment according to order supplement

for AS-Interface front-panel module

(<- For form to complete order supplement, see section Options)

■

Options

To order customized AS-Interface solutions for SIGNUM 3SB3

control devices, please fill out the corresponding enclosed order

form and enclose it with the order.

Enter the desired options into the order form, such as type of

actuating elements, switch contacts, lampholders or accesso-

ries (labels or the like). The codes that are to be entered in the

form can be obtained from the list of options that are subject to

a surcharge.

The price of the device is calculated from the basic price of the

respective version and the additional prices for the comple-

ments (refer to price list).

The additional prices include all components which depend on

the selected configuration options, i.e. type of actuating ele-

ments, contacts, lampholders and accessories, such as labels,

lamps, connections sockets, a second slave etc.

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface enclosure, equipped as required 1)

• Two command points

3SF5 802-4AZ

• Three command points

3SF5 803-4AZ

• Four command points

3SF5 804-4AZ

• Six command points

3SF5 806-4AZ

AS-Interface front-panel module, equipped as required 2)

Four command points

3SF5 874-4AZ

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/126

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

Order form for AS-Interface housing

Order form to Siemens AG, A&D CD GKA LZA

Amberg, fax: +49 96 21 80-31 02

Date Order ID of purchaser/order ID I Order ID of supplier

1. Size of housing

two command points

three command points

four command points

six command points

2. EMERGENCY STOP actuator (only possible at point “A“)

without EMERGENCY STOP

with non-interrogated EMERGENCY STOP (only possible with 3, 4 and 6 points)

with interrogated EMERGENCY STOP (only possible with 3, 4 and 6 points)

with safe AS-Interface adaptor

3. Yellow area for EMERGENCY STOP (only fill out if available)

without yellow stripes

with yellow stripes, without inscription at point “A“

with yellow stripes, with inscription at point “A“ (state inscription under point 4)

4. Inscription and configuration

5. Installation orientation

vertical (identific. plates on the left)

horizontal (identification plates on top)

6. Terminal on top resp. on the right

no cable gland (drill-hole is not pressed out)

terminal for by-passed AS-Interface cable

metric cable gland for inserted AS-Interface cable

metric cable gland for inserted round cable

M12 socket for free input or output

AS-Interface F adaptor (only for housings with EMERGENCY STOP)

7. Terminal on top resp. on the left

no cable gland (drill-hole is not pressed out)

terminal for by-passed AS-Interface cable

metric cable gland for inserted AS-Interface cable

metric cable gland for inserted round cable

M12 socket for free input or out

8. Lamps

incandescent lamp 24V (if no option is marked, an incandescent lamp 24 V will be used)

incandescent lamp 30V

super bright LED (LED color is same as the color of the actuating element/signalling device)

F

E

D

C

B

A

NSD0_00062d

Left position

1 NO

1 NC

Right position

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

1 NO

1 NC

Inscription of the inscription plates

(max. 11 letters, 1 to 3 lines)

Actuators

(abbreviations)

Standard: 1 normally-open

contact (1 NO),

if not otherwise indicated

A to F are identification letters on the inside

of the covers and bases

34

2 1

N S S 0 _ 0 0 4 5 6 b

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

34

2 1

N S S 0 _ 0 0 4 5 6 b

P i n 1 :

P i n 2 :

P i n 3 :

P i n 4 :

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/127

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

6

Order form AS-Interface front panel modules

Order form to Siemens AG, A&D CD GKA LZA

Amberg, fax: +49 96 21 80-31 02

Date Order ID of purchaser/order ID I Order ID of supplier

1. Number of command points

four command points

2. Design of actuating elements

round, molded plastic

square, molded plastic

round, metal

3. Name plates

without

with name plate including legend plate 12.5 mm 27 mm glued in

with name plate including legend plate 27 mm 27 mm glued in

4. Configuration

Top view of front side of switchboard

5. Lamps

incandescent lamp 24V (if no option is marked, an incandescent lamp 24 V will be used)

incandescent lamp 30V

super bright LED (LED color is same as the color of the actuating element/signalling device)

A B

C D

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

1 S

1 Ö

N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 5 7 c

S w i t c h b o a r d

l e f t r i g h t l e f t r i g h t l e f t r i g h t l e f t r i g h t

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/128

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge

1) For more detailed information about individual actuating elements,

see Section Pushbuttons and Light Indicators / SIGNUM 3SB3 / Pushbuttons and Pressure Switches onward.

2) Cannot be used with front panel module.

Code for design/color of controls

black red yellow green blue white clear

Actuating elements and signalling devices 1)

(subject ot a surcharge)

Blank plug for 22.5 mm 2) BV BK ––––––

Pushbutton with flat button D BK D RD D YE D GN D BU D WH D CL

Illuminated pushbutton with flat

button –DL RD DL YE DL GN DL BU DL WH DL CL

Pushbutton with protruding button DH BK DH RD DH YE DH GN DH BU DH WH –

Illuminated pushbutton with

protruding button –DHL RD DHL YE DHL GN DHL BU –DHL CL

Pushbutton with protruding

mounting ring DHF BK DHF RD DHF YE DHF GN DHF BU DHF WH –

Pushbutton with protruding

mounting ring, castellated DFZ BK DFZ RD DFZ YE DFZ GN DFZ BU DFZ WH –

Pressure switch with flat pushbutton DS BK DS RD DS YE DS GN DS BU DS WH –

Illuminated pressure switch with flat

pushbutton –DLS RD DL YE DLS GN DLS BU DLS WH DLS CL

Mushroom-head pushbutton,

Ø 30 mm 2) P30 BK P30 RD P30 YE P30 GN –––

Illuminated mushroom-head

pushbutton, Ø 30 mm 2) ––PL30 YE PL30 GN –PL30 WH –

Mushroom-head pushbutton,

Ø 40 mm 2) P BK P RD P YE P GN –––

Illuminated mushroom-head

pushbutton, Ø 40 mm 2) –PL RD PL YE PL GN –––

Pushbutton with protruding button,

latches after pushing in by turning

it to the right, unlatches by turing

it to the left 2)

DHR BK DHR RD –––––

EMERGENCY STOP mushroom/

head pushbutton acc. to EN 418,

Ø 40 mm, latches automatically 2)

• Unlatches by turning it to the left 2) –PRÜ 40 RD –––––

• With RONIS lock, lock no. SB30 2) –PRS 30 RD –––––

• With CES lock, lock no. SB10 2) –PRS 10 RD –––––

• With BKS lock, lock no. S1 2) –PRS S1 RD –––––

• With O.M.R. lock, lock no. 73037 2) –PRS 73 RD –––––

Light indicator –L RD L YE L GN L BU L WH L CL

Push-pull button 2)

• Ø 30 mm 2) DZ 30 BK DZ30 RD –––––

• Ø 30 mm, can be illuminated 2)–DZB30 RD DZB30 YE DZB30 GN DZB30 BU –DZB30 CL

• Ø 40 mm 2) DZ BK DZ RD –––––

• Ø 40 mm, can be illuminated 2) –DZB RD DZB YE DZB GN DZB BU –DZB CL

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/129

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

6

Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued)

1) For more detailed information about individual actuating elements,

see Section Pushbuttons and Light Indicators / SIGNUM 3SB3 / Pushbuttons and Pressure Switches onward.

Code for design/color of controls

black red yellow green blue white clear

Knob 1)

(subject to a surcharge))

Switching sequence

O–I latching

• not illuminated K1 BK K1 RD –K1 GN –K1 WH –

• illuminated –BK1 RD BK1 YE BK1 GN BK1 BU –BK1 CL

Switching sequence

O–I pushbutton control

(with resetting from the

right)

• not illuminated K2 BK K2 RD –K2 GN –K2 WH –

• illuminated –BK2 RD BK2 YE BK2 GN BK2 BU –BK2 CL

Switching sequence

I-O-II latching

• not illuminated K4 BK K4 RD –K4 GN –K4 WH –

• illuminated –BK4 RD BK4 YE BK4 GN BK4 BU –BK4 CL

Switching sequence

I-O-II pushbutton con-

trol (with resetting from

the right and left)

• not illuminated K5 BK K5 RD –K5 GN –K5 WH –

• illuminated –BK5 RD BK5 YE BK5 GN BK5 BU –BK5 CL

Switching sequence

I-O-II, latches on the

right, pushbutton con-

trol on the left (with

resetting from the left)

K6 BK K6 RD –K6 GN –K6 WH –

Switching sequence

I-O-II, latches on the

left, pushbutton control

on the right (with reset-

ting from the right)

K7 BK K7 RD –K7 GN –K7 WH –

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/130

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued)

1) Required when more than four inputs or more than four outputs are required for supplying the control devices.

Code for design/key removal position of locks

O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II

Locks 1)

(subject to a surcharge)

Switching sequence

O–I latching

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 1A RSB 1E –RSB 1AE –––

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 1A CES 1E –CES 1AE –––

- Lock no. LSG 1 CESL 1A ––CESL 1AE –––

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 1A ––Z-J 1AE –––

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 1A BKS 1E –BKS 1AE –––

- Lock no. E1 (for VW) BKS A 1A ––BKS A 1AE –––

- Lock no. E2 (for VW) BKS E 1A ––BKS E 1AE –––

- Lock no. E7 (for VW) BKS C 1A ––BKS C 1AE –––

- Lock no. E9 (for VW) BKS B 1A ––BKS B 1AE –––

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 1A OMR BK 1E –OMR BK 1AE –––

Switching sequence

O–I pushbutton con-

trol (with resetting

from the right)

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 2A ––––––

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 2A ––––––

- Lock no. LSG 1 CESL 2A ––––––

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 2A ––––––

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 2A ––––––

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 2A ––––––

Switching sequence

I-O-II latching

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 4A RSB 4E RSB 4D – – RSB 4ED RSB 4EAD

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 4A CES 4E CES 4D – – CES 4ED CES 4EAD

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 4A Z-J 4E Z-J 4D – – Z-J 4ED Z-J 4EAD

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 4A BKS 4E BKS 4D – – BKS 4ED BKS 4EAD

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 4A ––––OMR BK 4ED OMR BK

4EAD

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/131

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

6

Options for AS-Interface housing and AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge (continued)

1) Required when more than four inputs or more than four outputs are required for supplying the control devices.

Code for design/key removal position of locks

O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II

Locks 1)

(subject to a surcharge)

Switching sequence

I-O-II pushbutton

control (with resetting

from the right and

left)

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 5A – – – – – –

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 5A – – – – – –

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 5A – – – – – –

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 5A – – – – – –

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 5A – – – – – –

Switching sequence

I-O-II, latches on the

right, pushbutton

control on the left (with

resetting from the

left)

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 6A –RSB 6D –RSB 6AD – –

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 6A –CES 6D –CES 6AD – –

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 6A –Z-J 6D –Z-J 6AD – –

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 6A –BKS 6D –BKS 6AD – –

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 6A –OMR BK 6D –OMR BK 6AD – –

Switching sequence

I-O-II, latches on the

left, pushbutton control

on the right (with

resetting from the

right)

• Type RONIS, flat

- Lock no. SB30 RSB 7A RSB 7E –RSB 7AE – – –

• Type CES

- Lock no. SSG 10 CES 7A CES 7E –CES 7AE – – –

•Type IKON

- Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 7A Z-J 7E –Z-J 7AE – – –

• Type BKS

- Lock no. S1 BKS 7A BKS 7E –BKS 7AE – – –

• Type O.M.R., black

- Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 7A OMR BK 7E – – – – –

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/132

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface customized enclosures

and front panel modules

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

6

■

Dimensional drawings

AS-Interface front panel module

120

5 2

4 5

N S D 0 0 2 3 6

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/133

AS-Interface Slaves

SIGNUM pushbuttons and indicator lights

AS-Interface LED displays

6

■

Technical specifications

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/bediensysteme

Function block program examples and GSD files can be

downloaded from the Internet.

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Function block-example programs, which are included with every delivery,

are available for connecting to the PLC (S5, S7-300, S7-400).

AS-Interface LED displays

Type of display LED 7-segment

Color of light Red or green

Operating voltage in V DC 24 (for AS-Interface via AS-i bus)

Power consumption for digit height

• 13 mm 0.15 W per digit

• 30 mm 0.3 W per digit

• Display with AS-i bus 0 to 9 and A, b, -, uninsulated

Addresses 1 address per display.

With AS-Interface: After the 15th addressing, the display keeps the last

address.

Housing Bay housing to DIN, metal

Mounting Screw bracket to DIN

Degree of protection IP54 to the front; with AS-Interface IP65

Ambient temperature

• During operation in °C 0 to +50

• During storage in °C -25 to +70

EMC Acc. to the specifications of the 89/336/EWG (or EMVG) guideline

Emitted interference Basic technical standard EN 50 081-2, July 1993 Edition

Product standard EN 55 011, Group 1/2, Class A, March 1991 Edition

Limit value curve identical to EN 55 022

Noise immunity Basic technical standard EN 50 082-2, March 1995 Edition

Design

Order No.

3SF4 102-2D

Numerical LED displays

for installation

with AS-Interface 1)

with additional, electrically isolated, digital inputs

Number of places: 4

Character height, positions Color

13 mm, 4 places Red

3SF4 102-1B

Green

3SF4 102-2B

30 mm, 4 places Red

3SF4 102-1D

Green

3SF4 102-2D

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/134

AS-Interface Slaves

AS-Interface for LOGO!

6

■

Overview

Each LOGO! now connectable to the AS-Interface system

-new-

With the AS-Interface for LOGO! an intelligent slave can be inte-

grated into the AS-Interface system. Modular integration permits

different basic units to be integrated into the system whenever

the functionality is required. The functionality can also be quickly

and easily adapted to changing requirements by replacing the

basic unit

The interface provides four inputs and four outputs for the sys-

tem These I/Os, however, are not actually implemented in hard-

ware; they only exist virtually via the interface on the bus

■

Technical specifications

■

Selection and Ordering data

Supply voltage in V 24 V DC

Inputs/outputs 4 / 4

(virtual inputs / outputs)

Bus connection AS-Interface according to specification

Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +55

Degree of protection IP20

Mounting onto standard mounting rail

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 36 x 90 x 58

Display of LEDs LEDs Status

green OK

red No data traffic

red/yellow flash Zero address

Design

Order No.

3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2

AS-Interface connection for LOGO!

3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/135

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Introduction

6

■

Overview

General design of the AS-Interface power supplies

Note:

The "ground" connection to the system earth must always be as

short as possible.

AS-Interface power supplies are part of the necessary and most

important components of an AS-Interface system.

AS-Interface power supplies generate a stabilized DC voltage of

30 V DC with a high constancy and low residual ripple. They

work in the same way as primary switched-mode regulators.

Data and power are always transmitted simultaneously via the

AS-Interface two-wire cable. For this reason, AS-Interface power

supplies must also ensure data decoupling in addition to supply-

ing the AS-Interface system.

For this reason, standard power supplies must not be used for

the supply of an AS-Interface system.

AS-Interface power supplies supply the electronics of the sys-

tem (AS-Interface master, AS-Interface modules) and all con-

nected sensors. Depending on the power requirements of the

AS-Interface system, graduated power supplies from 2.4 to 7 A

are available.

Please note that there are different power supplies for the sen-

sors and actuators.

The power for the actuators (outputs) is usually not supplied by

the AS-Interface cable. This must be done by a separate load

power supply unit which must be connected via a separate

cable (e.g. black AS-Interface flat cable). It can also be used to

implement corresponding emergency stop circuits.

If an auxiliary power supply is required in addition to the

AS-Interface voltage, the very compact combination power

supply unit with 1 x 30 V DC and 1 x 24 V DC can be used.

If so-called double masters are used, the dual power supply unit

with 2 x 30 V can be used.

Performance characteristics:

• high efficiency

• low residual ripple

• short-circuit proof and stable at no load

• overvoltage protection at input

• small dimensions

•low weight

• simple and fast assembly

All AS-Interface power supplies have an AS-Interface certificate.

Power supplies with UL, CSA, and ship construction approba-

tion are available for worldwide use.

Note:

An additional external infeed (AUX POWER) of 20 to 30 V DC is

required for the supply of the output circuits. The additional

infeed must comply with VDE 0106 (PELV), protection class I.

Earth fault detection

“... earth faults in control circuits must not result in unintended

startup or dangerous movements of the machine nor must they

prevent the machine from stopping (EN 60 204, Part 1 or

DIN VDE 0113)”.

To fulfill these requirements, the AS-Interface earth fault detec-

tion module or power supplies with earth fault detection are

used. These modules permit earth faults in AS-Interface systems

to be safely detected and signaled.

The following earth faults are recognized:

• AS-i ”+” earth fault

• AS-i ”-” earth fault

• Earth faults of sensors and actuators which are supplied by the

AS-Interface voltage.

One module for each AS-Interface system is sufficient.

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 6 a

L 1

A S - i +

G r o u n d

N

P E

F 1

A S - i 

Input

f i l t e r

T o p s w i t c h

O p t o c o u p l e r

C o n t r o l l e r

I s o l a t i o n

S m o o t h i n g

N o t e :

T h e " G R O U N D " m u s t a l w a y s b e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e s y s t e m e a r t h

i n t h e s h o r t e s t p o s s i b l e w a y .

$6,QWHUIDFH3RZHU6XSSO\8QLWV

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/136

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP20

6

■

Technical specifications

AS-Interface power supply unit

Single output IP20

Output current 2.4 A Output current 4 A Output current 3.3 A

3RX9 307-0AA00 3RX9 307-1AA00 4FD5 213-0AA10-1A

Rated input voltage in V 115/230 AC 115/230 AC 230/400 AC

Input Single-phase AC Single-phase AC Single- and two-phase AC

• Range selection With changeover switch With plug

• Voltage range in V 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC 197 to 430 AC

• Overvoltage strength EN 61 000-4-1

• Mains buffering at e Rated in ms > 20 > 20 at 230 V; > 60 at 400 V

• Mains frequency rated value I

range in Hz 50/60/47 to 63

• Built-in input fuse in A T 2 T 5 (not accessible) T 3 (not accessible)

• Recommended m.c.b (IEC898)

in mains supply circuit in A From 10, characteristic C From 10, characteristic C From 16, characteristic C

Output

• Stabilized floating DC voltage acc.

to AS-Interface specification Yes Yes, can be connected in parallel

• Voltage rating UaRated in V 30 DC

• Total tolerance in V 29.5 to 31.6 DC

• Residual ripple in mVpp

(0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 300

• Spikes in mVpp

(10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 50

• Operational display Green LED

• Current rating a Rated in A 2.4 (power boost: 2.8) 4 (power boost: 4.5) DC 3.3 (power boost: DC 4)

Efficiency/power loss

• Efficiency at UaRated, aRated in % Approx. 85

• Power loss at UaRated, aRated in W Approx. 10 Approx. 18 Approx. 15

Protective and monitoring functions

• Output overvoltage protection No

• Current limitation in A > 2.8 > 5

• Short-circuit protection Yes

Safety

• Primary/secondary isolation SELV to EN 60 950 SELV to EN 60 950 (in preparation) SELV to EN 60 950

• Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) I

• Degree of protection IP20

• Approvals CE, UL, marine CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) CE, UL (in preparation)

EMC

• Emitted interference EN 50 081-1

• Noise immunity EN 50 082-2

Operational data

• Ambient temperature range in °C -25 to +55 -45 to +55

• Transport and storage

temperature range in °C -25 to +60 -45 to +80

• Humidity class Max. 80% rel. humidity

Mechanical data

• Input connection Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i + Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i - Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection shield S Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection Ground - - Spring-loaded terminal connection

(0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 46 135 105 75 135 107 75 135 103

• Mounting Snap-on mounting onto standard rail

DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 mm Mounting onto standard rail

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/137

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP20

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

AS-Interface power supply unit

Dual output IP20 Combi output IP20

2 30 V DC 1 24 V DC / 1 30 V DC

3RX9 305-1AA00 3RX9 306-1AA00

Output current in A 4/4 5/4

Input voltage in V 115/230 AC (selectable)

Input Single-phase AC

• Range selection With changeover switch

• Input voltage range in V 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC

• Overvoltage strength EN 61 000-4-1

• Mains buffering at e Rated in ms > 20

• Mains frequency rated value I

range in Hz 50/60/47 to 63

• Built-in input fuse in A T 5 (not accessible)

• Recommended m.c.b (IEC898)

in mains supply circuit in A From 16, characteristic C

Output

• Stabilized floating DC voltage

acc. to AS-Interface specification Yes

• Voltage rating UaRated in V 2 x 30 DC 30 DC/24 DC

• Total tolerance 29.5 to 31.6 DC 29.5 to 31.6 DC/24 DC 2 %

• Residual ripple in mVpp

(0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 300

• Spikes in mVpp

(10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 50

• Operational display Green LED

• Current rating a Rated in A 2x4 4/5

Efficiency/power loss

• Efficiency at UaRated, aRated in % Approx. 85

• Power loss at UaRated, aRated in W Approx. 36

Protective and monitoring functions

• Overvoltage protection of outputs No

• Current limitation in A > 4 (power boost 4.5) > 4/> 5 (power boost 4.5 / 5.5)

• Short-circuit protection Yes

Safety

• Primary/secondary isolation SELV to EN 60 950 SELV to EN 60 950 (in preparation)

• Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) I

• Degree of protection IP20

• Approvals CE, UL, CSA CE, UL, CSA (in preparation)

EMC

• Emitted interference EN 50 081-1

• Noise immunity EN 50 082-2

Operational data

• Ambient temperature range in °C -45 to +55

• Transport and storage

temperature range in °C -45 to +60

• Humidity class Max. 80% rel. humidity

Mechanical data

• Input connection Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i + Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i - Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection shield S Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.8 to 2.5 mm2)

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 150 x 135 x 107

• Mounting Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 mm

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/138

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP20

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

AS-Interface power supply unit

Single Output IP20 With integrated earth-fault detection

6EP1 354-1AL01 3RX9 310-0AA00

Output current in A 72.4

Rated input voltage in V 120 to 230 AC 115/230 AC

Input

• Range selection With variable range input With changeover switch

• Voltage range in V 93 to 264 AC / 110 to 350 DC 195 to 253 / 102 to 132 AC

• Overvoltage strength VDE 0160 Limiting curve W2 EN 61 000-4-1

• Mains buffering at Ie Rated in ms < 20 at 93/187 V > 20

• Mains frequency rated value I

range in Hz 0/50/60/47 to 63

• Built-in input fuse in A T 6.3 (not accessible) T 2

• Recommended circuit-breakers

(IEC 898) in A From 16, characteristic C or

from 8, characteristic B From 10, characteristic C

Output

• Stabilized floating DC voltage

acc. to AS-Interface specification Yes

• Voltage rating UaRated in V 30 DC

• Total tolerance 29.5 to 31.6 DC

• Residual ripple in mVpp

(0–10 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 300

• Spikes in mVpp

(10–500 kHz, AS-i+/AS-i–) < 50

• Operational display Green LED

• Current rating Ia Rated in A 72.4 (power boost: 2.8)

Efficiency/power loss

• Efficiency at UaRated, IaRated in % > 85

• Power loss at UaRated, IaRated in W < 37 10

Protective and monitoring functions

• Overvoltage protection of outputs Yes No

• Current limitation in A From approx. 7.4 > 2.8

• Short-circuit protection Stabilized current characteristic approx. 7.4 A Yes

Safety

• Primary/secondary isolation SELV to EN 60 950

• Safety class (EN 60 950/IEC 950) Class I to IEC 536 I

• Degree of protection IP20 to EN 60 529 IP20

• Approvals CE, UL/cUL CE, UL, CSA (in preparation)

EMC

• Emitted interference EN 50 081-1, EN 55 022 Cl. B EN 50 081-1

• Noise immunity EN 50 082-2

Operational data

• Ambient temperature range in °C 0 to +55 -25 to +55

• Transport and storage

temperature range in °C -25 to +85 -25 to +60

• Humidity class F to DIN 40 040 Max. 80% rel. humidity

Mechanical data

• Input connection 1 terminal each for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i + 3 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection AS-i - 3 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2)

• Output connection shield S 2 terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2Spring-loaded terminal connection (0.5 to 2.5 mm2)

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 200 125 135 92 110 136

• Mounting Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 022-

35 15 mm and S7 rail Snap-on mounting onto standard rail DIN EN 50 022-

35 x 7.5 mm

Special function -Integrated 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 earth fault detec-

tion module and isolation of the AS-Interface voltage

with corresponding circuit

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/139

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP20

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface IP20 power supply unit

Type Output current Rated input voltage

3RX9 307–0AA00

Single output 2.4 A 115/230 V AC

(selectable)

3RX9 307–0AA00

4O

3RX9 307–1AA00

3.3 A

(can be connected

in parallel)

230/400 V AC

(repositionable)

4FD5 213-0AA10-1A

7 A 120/230 V AC

6EP1 354-1AL01

3RX9 310–0AA00

Single output

with integrated earth-fault

detection

2.4 A 115/230 V AC

(selectable)

3RX9 310–0AA00

3RX9 305–1AA00

Dual output 4 A /4 A

3RX9 305–1AA00

Combi output

(1 x 24 V DC / 1 x 30 V DC) 5 A (24 V)

4 A (AS-i)

3RX9 306–1AA00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/140

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP20

6

■

Dimensional drawings

3RX9 307-0AA00

3RX9 307-1AA00

3RX9 305-1AA00, 3RX9 306-1AA00

3RX9 310-0AA00

6EP1 354-1AL01

105

5 4 , 6

4 5

135

N S A 0 0 1 2 0

NSA00121

135

107

75

NSA00122

135

107

150

A B CD E F GH

1 0 5 + 1 9 0 + 1

N S A0_00123

5 4 , 6

7

1 3 5 + 1

m a x . 1 1 0

A S i

A S - i

__

_

S u i t a b l e f o r

m o u n t i n g o n t o

E N 5 0 0 2 2 - 3 5 x . . .

s t a n d a r d

m o u n t i n g r a i l

F u s e

2 5 0 V / 2 A

L E D d i s p l a y

N S A 0 0 1 2 4

S I T O P

S I E M E N S

p o w e r A S - I 6E P1 354-1A L01

O K

V O L T A G E

S E L E C T O R

135

2 0 0

3 6

125

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/141

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP65

6

■

Technical specifications

1) The counterpart is not included in the scope of supply (see accessories).

AS-Interface IP65 power supply unit

Rated input voltage 230 V AC Rated input voltage 24 V DC

3RX9 311-0AA00 6EP1 632-1AL01

Output current in A 2.4 2.4

Rated input voltage in V 230 AC 24 DC

Input

• Rated input voltage Ue rated in V 230 AC 24 DC

• Range selection Changeover contact (internal) --

• Input voltage range in V 195 to 253 20.4 to 28.8 DC

• Overvoltage resistance EN 61 000-4-1 35 V DC for max. 500 ms

• Mains buffering at Ie rated in ms > 20 > 10

• Mains frequency rated value I range

in Hz 50/60/47 to 63 --

• Input current rating Ie rated in A < 0.5 3.6

• Built-in input fuse in A T 2 (not accessible) T 6.3 (not accessible)

Output

• Stabilized floating DC voltage

acc. to AS-Interface specification Yes Yes

• Rated output voltage Ua rated in V 30 DC (AS-Interface) 30 DC (AS-Interface)

• Total tolerance 29.5 to 31.6 V DC 29.5 to 31.6 V DC

• Residual ripple in mVpp < 300 < 300

• Spikes in mVpp < 50 < 50

• Operational display Green LED Green LED

• Output current rating Ia rated in A 2.4 (power boost 2.8) 2.4

Efficiency/power loss

• Efficiency at Ua rated, Ia rated in % Approx. 85 > 81

• Power loss at Ua rated, Ia rated in W Approx. 10 < 17

Protection and monitoring functions

• Output overvoltage protection No --

• Current limitation in A > 2.8 From approx. 2.9

• Short-circuit protection Yes Stabilized current approx. 2.9 A

Safety

• Primary/secondary isolation Yes (SELV to EN 60 950) Yes (SELV to EN 60 950)

• Safety class Class I to IEC 536 Class I to IEC 536

• Degree of protection IP65 IP65

• Approvals CE, UL, CSA (in preparation) CE, UL, ship building

EMC

• Emitted interference EN 50 081-1 EN 50 081-1, EN 55 022 Cl. B

• Noise immunity EN 50 082-2 EN 50 082-2

Operational data

• Ambient temperature range in °C -45 to +55 -25 to +55

• Transport and storage

temperature range in °C -45 to +60 -25 to +85

• Humidity class Max. 80% rel. humidity F to DIN 40 040

Mechanical data

• Input connection Amphenol device socket Circular connector 0.5 to 2.5 mm21)

• Output connection AS-i + AS-i+/AS-i: via yellow AS-Interface cable 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14

• Output connection AS-i - FK line adapter 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14

• Output connection Ground -- 500 mm 3-wire conductor AWG 14

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 105 155 117 224 80 57

• Mounting Mounting onto standard rails

DIN EN 50 022-35 x 7.5 Wall mounting

Special function -- --

Accessories -- 6-pole connector for input voltage (6ES5 760-2CA11)

and AS-Interface coupling module PG

(3RG9 220-0AA00) must be ordered separately

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/142

AS-Interface Power Supply Units

Power supply units IP65

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

■

Dimensional drawings

3RX9 311-0AA00

6EP1 632-1AL01

Design

Order No.

3RX9 311–0AA00

6EP1 632–1AL01

AS-Interface power supply unit IP65

Typ e Output current

in A

Rated input

voltage

in V

Single output 2.4 230 AC

3RX9 311-0AA00

Single output 24 DC

6EP1 632-1AL01

A B CD E F GH

1 0 5 + 1

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 7

1 1 0 + 1

5 4 , 6

7

1 4 8 + 2

1 4 5 + 1

A S i

A S - I n t e r f a c e

P o w e r o n A S i -

A S i +

~

A S - I n t e r f a c e

c o n n e c t i o n

M a i n s c o n n e c t i o n

S u i t a b l e f o r

m o u n t i n g o n t o

E N 5 0 0 2 2 - 3 5 x . . .

s t a n d a r d

m o u n t i n g r a i l

1 2 3 4 5 6

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 1 8

1 P E

2 P 2 4

3 M 2 4

I N P U T

2 4 V / 4 , 2 A

P 3 0

M 3 0

O U T P U T

3 0 V / 2 , 8 A

6EP 1632-1A L01

1 6 3

1 7 5

6

2 2 4 5 0 0

5 2

8 0

1 4

P 3 0

M 3 0

R D

B U

B K

1

1

s h i e l d s h i e l d

A S - I n t e r f a c e

p o w e r R U N

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/143

AS-Interface

Transmission media

AS-Interface shaped cable

6

■

Overview

The actuator-sensor interface, the networking system for the low-

est field level, is characterized by easy assembly and installa-

tion. A new connection technique has been specially developed

for the AS-Interface.

The network stations are interconnected via the the AS-Interface

cable. This two-core cable has a trapezoidal profile which pre-

vents polarity reversal.

Connection is made with the cable using the insulation penetra-

tion technique. Blade contacts penetrate the AS-Interface

shaped cable and make reliable contact with the two cores.

Cutting and stripping of cores is not necessary. This technique

allows AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O modules, intelligent de-

vices) to be connected in the shortest possible time. Devices

can also be replaced in an instant.

The AS-Interface cable is offered in various materials (rubber,

TPE, PUR) to suit applications in a wide range of environmental

conditions (e.g. in an atmosphere saturated with oil particles).

It is also possible to use a round cable for special applications.

In the case of AS-Interface, data and a 24 V DC auxiliary supply

voltage can be connected for the sensors (e.g. BERO proximity

switches) and actuators (e.g. LEDs) via the yellow AS-Interface

cable.

For 24 V DC actuators (e.g. solenoid valves) that have a high

current requirement or that are integrated into EMERGENCY

STOP circuits, the black AS-Interface cable must be used.

■

Technical specifications

EPDM

(rubber)

TPE

(special PVC compound)

TPE special version

acc. to UL Class 2

PUR

(Polyurethane)

Operating temperature range

• Stationary in °C -40 to +85 -40 to +105 -30 to + 90 -50 to +90

• Moving in °C -25 to +85 -30 to +105 -20 to + 90 -50 to +90

Color of cores Brown, blue Brown, blue Brown, blue Brown, blue

Flexibility Very Good Good Good Good

Behavior in fire flammable flame-retardant acc. to

IEC 60332-1

VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1

UL 1581 sec. 1061 cable

flame

UL 1581 sec. 1060 CSA

FT1

flame-retardant acc. to

IEC 60332-1

VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1

UL 1581 sec. 1061 cable

flame

UL 1685 CSA FT4

flame-retardant acc. to

IEC 60332-1

VDE 0482 T. 265-2-1

Halogen-free (PVC-free) Yes No No Yes

Silicone emission free Yes Yes Yes Yes

Ozone and weather resistant Conditionally resisting Resisting Resisting Resisting

Oil resistance Conditionally resisting Resisting Resisting Resisting

Smallest permissible bending

radius acc. to DIN VDE 0298,

Part 300, in mm

• Fixed in place 12 12 12 12

• Flexible 24 24 24 24

$6,QWHUIDFH

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/144

AS-Interface

AS-Interface shaped cable

Transmission media

6

■

Technical specifications (continued)

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Notes about the trailing capability of the AS-i cable with a PUR outer casing:

To determine the trailing capability, the AS-i cable was tested in "IGUS trailing chains of Types 10.2.048 and 20.2.55.

The trailing chain was fitted with 3 AS-i cables and various different round cables for this purpose.

After 3 million bending operations (vertical), there was no damage to the cores or litz wires or to the outer casing

(trailing chain equipped to 50% capacity).

EPDM

(rubber)

TPE

(special PVC compound)

TPE special version

acc. to UL Class 2

PUR

(Polyurethane)

Bending response to DIN VDE

0472, Part 603 No break after 30,000

movements to and fro No break after 30,000

movements to and fro No break after 30,000

movements to and fro No break after 30,000

movements to and fro

UL approval No UL 758 AWM UL 758 AWM

UL 13 Class 2

UL 444 CMG

No

CSA approval No C22.2 No.210.2 AWM C22.2 No. 214-02 No

Certificate "Überwachtes

Gutachten ÜG" (by VDE) No No No VDE reg. No. 9971

300 V/500 V

Stationary: -40 to +70 °C

Transport: -25 to +70 °C

Moving: -15 to +70 °C

Approved for marine and

offshore applications

up to 300 V/500 V:

Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyds Register of

Shipping

ABS Europe LTD

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface shaped cable

Material Color Quantity

Rubber Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller

3RX9 010-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 012-0AA00

Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller

3RX9 020-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 022-0AA00

TPE Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller

3RX9 013-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 014-0AA00

Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller

3RX9 023-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 024-0AA00

TPE

Special design according to

UL Class2

Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller

3RX9 017-0AA00

Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller

3RX9 027-0AA00

PUR 1) Yellow (AS-Interface) 100 m roller

3RX9 015-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 016-0AA00

Black (24 V DC) 100 m roller

3RX9 025-0AA00

1 km drum

3RX9 026-0AA00

b l a u

N S A 0 _ 0 0 1 2 5 a

1 0

4

6 , 5

A S - i A S - i

b r a u n

brownblue

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/145

AS-Interface

System components and accessories

Repeater/Extender

6

■

Overview

• Repeaters for extending the AS-Interface cable by 100 m

(max. 300 m possible)

• Repeaters can be cascaded

• Extenders for extending the distance (max. 100 m) between

the master and the AS-Interface segment

• Simple assembly technique

• IP67 module housing

■

Benefits

Repeaters

• Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in

plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment

• Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault

with separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage for

each end

Extenders

• Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in

plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment

• When the extender is used, the master can be located at a

distance of up to 100 m and a power supply is not required at

the master end.

■

Application

The repeater is used to extend the AS-Interface segment by

100 m.

The extender is used to extend the distance between the master

and the AS-Interface segment with the AS-Interface slaves to a

max. 100 m. A considerably greater cable length than 300 m

can be achieved when the repeaters are connected in parallel.

The maximum extension range is 500 m.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/146

AS-Interface

Repeater/Extender

System components and accessories

6

■

Design

Repeaters

• Slaves can be used on both sides of the repeater.

• Both sides require an AS-Interface power supply.

• Electrical isolation of the two AS-Interface lines.

Separate display of correct AS-Interface voltage for each side.

• Max. two repeaters may be used in series (max. cable length

300 m).

• Parallel connection of several repeaters is possible

(star configuration possible).

• Installed in user module housing with FK-E coupling module as

bottom part.

Repeater connection

Extenders

• Master can be placed at a distance of up to 100 m from the

AS-Interface segment itself.

• Slaves can be used only on side turned away from master.

• AS-Interface power supply only required on side turned away

from master.

• No electrical isolation of the two AS-Interface shaped cable

strands.

• Indication of correct AS-Interface voltage.

• Installed in user module housing with FK-E coupling module as

bottom part.

Extender connection

■

Ordering data Order No.

Power

section

Repeater

100 m 100 m 100 m

Repeater

Power section

Power section

Power

section

Repeater

M

SSS S

S

S

G_IK10_XX_20011

No slaves

Extender

100 m 100 m 100 m

Power section

SS

Repeater

S

Power section

M

G_IK10_XX_20012

Repeater for AS-Interface

6GK1 210-0SA00

For extending the cable run incor-

porating FK-E coupling module

Extender for AS-Interface

6GK1 210-1SA00

For installation of the master at a

distance incorporating FK-E cou-

pling module

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/147

AS-Interface

System components and accessories

Addressing units

6

■

Overview

Before data transfer can take place with the master, addresses

must be assigned to all stations before the AS-Interface network

is created. This can

• be performed offline using an addressing unit or

• online using a master of the AS-Interface system.

The addresses themselves are the values 1 to 31 (or 1A to 31A

and 1B to 31B for the extended specification). A new slave that

has not yet been addressed has the address 0. It is recognized,

also by the master, as a new slave (not yet addressed) and is not

integrated in the normal communication in this state.

The addresses are assigned as required, i.e. it is of no conse-

quence whether the first slave has the address 21 or whether ad-

dress 1 is assigned to the first slave.

■

Function

• Reading out the slave addresses 0 to 31, A/B

• Reading out the I/O and ID-codes of the slaves

• Standard and expanded ID-code 1 and ID-code 2

• Standard and expanded addressing mode according to

AS-Interface Version 2.1

• Programming ID-code 1

• Function testing of slaves: Read inputs and wire outputs of dig-

ital or anlog slaves

• AS-Interface test: Measurement of voltage (measuring range

0 to 35 V) and current consumption (measuring range 0 to

100 mA) of the AS-Interface bus

• Storage: Complete plant configurations can be saved (profiles

of all slaves, also extension in accordance with AS-Interface

specification 2.1)

• Detection of complete system configurations

■

Technical specifications

AS-Interface addressing and diagnostic unit

3RK1 904-2AB01

Power supply The standard power supply is provided by 4 IEC LR6 (NEDA 15)

batteries and guarantees that at least 2,500 addressing operations

can be performed. To save the batteries, automatic switch-off takes

place approx. 1 min. after the last button operation.

Ambient conditions

• Operating temperature range in °C 0 to +55

• Storage temperature range in °C -20 to +55 (without batteries)

• Relative humidity in % Max. 75, condensation must be prevented

• Height above sea level in m Up to 2,000

• Installation site Indoors only

Mechanical design

• Degree of protection

-Units IP50

- Connection sockets IP20

• Dimensions in mm 84 x 195 x 35

• Connection via M12 socket

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/148

AS-Interface

Addressing units

System components and accessories

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

1) Not included in scope of supply of addressing unit 3RK1 904 0AB01.

2) Ordering is only possible via the following address:

Gossen-Metrawatt GmbH,

Thomas-Mann-Str. 16-20,

90471 Nuremberg, Germany

Tel.: +49 911/8602-111,

Fax: +49 911/8602-777,

e-mail: info@gmc-instruments.com

Design

Order No.

3RK1 904-2AB01

AS-Interface addressing and diagnostics unit

For active AS-Interface modules, intelligent sensors and actuators

According to AS-Interface Version 2.1

Including expanded addressing mode

Scope of supply:

• One addressing unit

• One operator’s guide (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish)

• One addressing cable (1.5 m, with jack plug)

3RK1 904-2AB01

Accessories

FK-E coupling module with integrated addressing socket 1)

For addressing application modules

3RK1 901-1MA00

Addressing cable with M12 female connector 1)

For addressing light curtains or K60R modules

1.5 m

3RX1 642

Addressing cable with jack plug 2)

1.5 m

Already included in scope of supply of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01

Z231A

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/149

AS-Interface

System components and accessories

Diagnostic units

6

■

Overview

The AS-Interface Analyzer is used to test AS-Interface networks.

Troubleshooting is made systematic, and permanent monitoring

is made easier.

Faults during installation, e.g. loose contacts or EMC problems

with extreme loads, can be detected by this analyzer.

The easily used software permits checking of the quality of com-

plete networks without having detailed technical knowledge of

the AS-Interface. The AS-Interface Analyzer additionally permits

documentation for commissioning and implemented services

through the simple generation of test reports for the recordings

made.

Detailed diagnostics is made possible for advanced

AS-Interface users by means of trigger functions.

■

Benefits

• Simple and convenient operation permits diagnostics of

AS-Interface networks without specialists.

• Fast troubleshooting is made possible by the intuitive display

in statistics mode.

• Test reports provide proof of the state and quality of the instal-

lation for servicing and approval.

• Reports facilitate remote diagnostics by the technical assis-

tance department.

• Advanced trigger functions permit exact analysis.

• Process data can be monitored online.

■

Function

Connection

As a passive station, the AS-Interface Analyzer listens to the

communication on the AS-Interface network. At the same time,

the analyzer is powered from the AS-Interface cable.

This bus monitor interprets the physical signals, and records the

communication.

The obtained data are transferred to a PC (usually a notebook)

via an RS232 interface, and evaluated there using the supplied

diagnostics software.

Online statistics

This mode provides a fast overview of the existing AS-Interface

system. The error rates per slave are displayed in a traffic signal

function (green, yellow, red).

The slave configuration and the currently transmitted data are

displayed in a clear manner.

The expanded statistics provides information on the numerical

data of the transmitted telegrams.

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/150

AS-Interface

Diagnostic units

System components and accessories

6

■

Function (continued)

Trace modus

The telegram display in the style of a classical bus monitor is in-

dispensable for complex troubleshooting. Comprehensive trig-

ger functions as well as recording and viewing filters are avail-

able here.

The mode is rounded off by external trigger inputs and trigger

outputs to permit even the most difficult faults to be found.

Test report

The recorded data of the online statistics can be simply output

and documented in a test report. This provides proof of the state

of the installation for approvals or for servicing.

■

Technical specifications

■

Selection and Ordering data

AS-Interface Analyser

3RK1 904-3AB00

Interfaces AS-Interface

RS 232 for connection to the PC

Trigger input (24 V)

Trigger output (TTL)

Displays / LEDs Power supply OK (Power)

RS 232 interface in use

Test mode

Statistics mode Telegram memory 256,000 AS-Interface telegrams

Rated operating current in mA Approx. 70 from AS-Interface

Rated insulation voltage in V > 500

EMC According to EN50081-2, EN61000-6-2

Ambient temperature in °C 0 to +55

Storage temperature in °C -25 to +70

Requirements IBM-compatible PC, 80486 or better

Operating system Windows 95/98, Windows ME, Windows 2000,

Windows XP, Windows NT

Design

Order No.

AS-Interface Analyzer New

For testing actuator/sensor interface systems

For servicing in installations and networks with AS-Interface systems

Scope of delivery:

• One AS-Interface Analyzer

• One RS 232 cable for connection to the PC

• Diagnostics software (CD-ROM)

3RK1 904-3AB00

Accessories

AS-Interface M12 branch

Transition from AS-Interface shaped cable to standard round cable

Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable

M12 socket for connection of standard round cable

IP67 degree of protection

3RX9 801-0AA00

M12 cable plug

Cable: PUR

Length: 5 m

Color: black

3RX1 672

Siemens IK PI · 2004 6/151

AS-Interface

System components and accessories

Miscellaneous accessories

6

■

Selection and Ordering data

Design

Order No.

3RX9 801-0AA00

AS-Interface M12 branch

Transition from AS-Interface shaped cable to standard round cable

Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable

M12 socket for connection of standard round cable

IP67 degree of protection

3RX9 801-0AA00

3RK1 901-1KA00

AS-Interface M12 sealing caps

For spare M12 sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1KA01

AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, protected against manipulation

For spare M12 sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RK1 901-1KA01

3RK1 901-1PN00

AS-Interface M8 sealing caps

For spare M8 sockets

(one packing contains ten sealing caps)

3RK1 901-1PN00

3RX9 805-0AA00

AS-Interface Pg 11 seal

For AS-Interface shaped cable

For inserting in Pg 11 cable glands

(one packing contains ten seals)

3RX9 805-0AA00

3RX9 806-0AA00

Cable adapter for flat cable/Pg

connection of AS-Interface cable to Pg cable glands

with insulation piercing method

• Continues via standard cable

- For Pg 9 screwed gland

3RX9 808-0AA00

- For Pg 11 screwed gland

3RX9 806-0AA00

- For Pg 13.5 screwed gland

3RX9 807-0AA00

• Continues via pins

- For Pg 9 screwed gland

3RX9 818-0AA00

- For Pg 11 screwed gland

3RX9 816-0AA00

- For Pg 13.5 screwed gland

3RX9 817-0AA00

3RK1 901-3QM00

Cable adapter for flat cable

Connection of AS-Interface cable to metric cable gland

with insulation piercing method

• Continues via standard cable

- For M16 cable gland

3RK1 901-3QM00

- For M20 cable gland

3RK1 901-3QM10

• Continues via pins

- For M16 cable gland

3RK1 901-3QM01

- For M20 cable gland

3RK1 901-3QM11

3RK1 901-3QA00

Cable clip for cable adapter

compatible to

3RX9 806-0AA00

3RX9 807-0AA00

3RX9 808-0AA00

3RX9 816-0AA00

3RX9 817-0AA00

3RX9 818-0AA00

(one packing contains ten cable clips)

3RK1 901-3QA00

3RK1 901-1MN00

Cable end piece

For sealing open cable ends (of the AS-Interface shaped cable) in IP67

(one packing contains ten cable end pieces)

3RK1 901-1MN00

Siemens IK PI · 2004

6/152

AS-Interface

6

■

Selection and Ordering data (continued)

■

Overview

You can request the brochure About AS-Interface – An Overview

for Beginners and Users” free of charge in English and in

German

• by faxing to Fax. No. +49 911 978-33 21 supplying the refe-

rence code CD/Z 735 and your address

or on the Internet under the heading Documentation:

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/as-interface

Design

Order No.

3RX9 800-0AA00

AS-Interface cover

For FK and Pg coupling modules

EMS (electromechanical interface)

3RX9 800-0AA00

3RG9 001-0AD00

4-way distributor

Passive without LED

3RG9 001-0AD00

Brochures

Documentation

Miscellaneous accessories

System components and accessories